The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For the purposes of this documentation set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based on age, disability, gender, racial identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and intersectionality. Exceptions may be present in the documentation due to language that is hardcoded in the user interfaces of the product software, language used based on RFP documentation, or language that is used by a referenced third-party product. Learn more about how Cisco is using Inclusive Language.
To acknowledge a chassis, use the acknowledge chassis command.
acknowledge chassis id
id | Chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists.
This example shows how to acknowledge a chassis:
switch-A# acknowledge chassis 10 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To acknowledge the fabric extender module (fex), use the acknowledge fex command.
acknowledge fex id
id | The ID of the fabric extender module. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Active links between the chassis and the Fabric interconnect must exist to use this command.
This example shows how to acknowledge the fabric extender module.
Switch-A # acknowledge fex 2 Switch-A * # commit-buffer Switch-A #
Command |
Description |
acknowledge fault |
|
acknowledge server |
|
To acknowledge a fault, use the acknowledge fault command.
acknowledge fault id
id | Fault identification number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to acknowledge a fault:
switch-A# acknowledge fault 1 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show fault |
|
To acknowledge a server, use the acknowledge server command.
acknowledge server { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
chassis-id / blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a server that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
The following example shows how to acknowledge a server in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # acknowledge server 2 switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To acknowledge a slot, use the acknowledge slot command.
acknowledge slot { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
chassis-id / blade-id | Sever identification number. |
slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned using slot -id , to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
The following example shows how to acknowledge a slot in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # acknowledge slot 1 switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis #
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show slot |
|
To activate firmware for a device, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmwareversion [ignorecompcheck] [set-startup-only] +
version | Firmware version. |
ignorecompcheck | (Optional) Ignores the results of the compatibility check. |
set-startup-only | (Optional) Activates the firmware only on next startup. |
None
Board controller (/chassis/server/boardcontroller)
Input output module (/chassis/iom)
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use the ignorecompcheck keyword to ignore the results of the automatic compatibility check when you activate the firmware.
Use the set-startup-only keyword to activate the specified Input output module (IOM) firmware version only on the next startup of the IOM. The system will not restart at this time. This keyword is available only in the IOM command mode.
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of system software, ignoring the compatibility check:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # activate firmware 3.0 ignorecompcheck switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
To activate kernal or system firmware on a fabric interconnect, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmware { kernel-version kernel-version | system-version system-version } [ignorecompcheck] [force] +
kernel-version | Specifies switch kernel firmware. |
kernel-version | Kernel firmware version. |
system-version | Specifies switch system firmware. |
system-version | System firmware version. |
ignorecompcheck | (Optional) Ignores the results of the compatability check. |
force | (Optional) Forces the upgrade. |
None
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use the ignorecompcheck keyword to ignore the results of the automatic compatability check when you activate the firmware.
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of kernal software on fabric interconnect A, ignoring the compatibility check:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect a switch-A /fabric-interconnect # activate firmware kernel-version 3.0 ignorecompcheck switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # commit-buffer switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
To activate a new internal firmware version, use the activate internal firmware command.
activate internal firmware version [ignorecompcheck]
version | The version number of the internal firmware version that you want to upgrade the system to. The maximum length of the version string is 512 characters. |
ignorecompcheck | (Optional) Use this option to ignore the compatibility check between the versions. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to activate the internal firmware version.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # activate internal firmware 1.4(1) ignorecompcheck Switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
activate firmware |
|
To add more alert groups to a Call Home profile, use the add alertgroups command.
add alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
license | Specifies the license alert group. |
lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
system | Specifies the system alert group. |
test | Specifies the test alert group. |
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to add more predefined Call Home alert groups to an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
This example shows how to add diagnostic and license alert groups to an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # add alertgroups diagnostic license switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
remove alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
To add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the add backup action command.
add backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
none | Specifies no action. |
on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Previously configured actions are retained.
This example shows how to add an action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # add backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
remove backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
To add privileges, use the add privilege command.
add privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
None
Role (/security/role)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to add privileges:
switch-A # scope security switch-A /security # scope role role1 switch-A /security/role # add privilege ext-san-config ext-san-policy ext-san-qos ext-san-security switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
To immediately apply pending changes to a service profile, use the apply pending-changes immediate command.
apply pending-changes immediate
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to immediately apply pending changes to a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile example Switch-A /org/service-profile # apply pending-changes immediate Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-profile #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
create org |
|
To associate a server, use the associate server command.
associate server { ID | chassis-id/blade-id | restrict-migration }
ID | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. The range of valid values is 1 to 4294967295. |
restrict-migration | (Optional). Use this option to ensure that the operating system boots appropriately when the service profile is moved to a new server. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced with chassis-id/blade-id option. |
1.4(1) | The option ID has been introduced to associate a server to the service profile using the slot ID. The option restrict-migration has been introduced. |
This example shows how to associate a server:
switch-A# scope org 1 switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1 switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server 1 restrict-migration switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
associate server-pool |
|
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
To associate a server pool with a service profile, use the associate server-pool command.
associate server-pool server-pool [name] restrict-migration
server-pool | Server pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
name | (Optional) Qualifier. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
restrict-migration | (Optional) Qualifier. Use this option to ensure that the operating system boots appropriately when the service profile is moved to a new server. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The option restrict-migration was introduced. |
This example shows how to associate a server pool:
switch-A# scope org 1 switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1 switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server-pool 1 restrict-migration switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
To back up the system event log (SEL), use the backup sel command.
backup sel ID chassis-d / blade-id
ID | Specifies the server ID. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
chassis-id / blade-id | Specifies the chassis number and server number in the format A/B. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was modified to include the ID chassis-id / blade-id options. |
Use this command to back up the system event log (SEL) for a server.
In the command mode of a specific server (/chassis/server), you can run this command without any options.
This example shows how to back up the SEL for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# backup sel 2/4 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A#
Command |
Description |
|
|
To change directories, use the cd command in local management command mode.
cd { workspace: | [path] | volatile: | [path] | | [path] }
workspace: | Specifies the workspace (flash) directory. |
volatile: | Specifies the volatile directory. |
path | Absolute or relative path. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was modified. The bootflash: keyword is replaced by the workspace: keyword. |
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
This example shows how to change directories:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd volatile:/temp Pubs-A(local-mgmt)# pwd volatile:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
To clear all selected alert groups in a Call Home profile, use the clear alertgroups command.
clear alertgroups
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to clear any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile.
This example shows how to clear alert groups in a Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # clear alertgroups switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
set alertgroups |
|
show policy |
|
show profile |
|
To clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the clear backup action command.
clear backup action
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete any previously configured list of actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
This example shows how to clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # clear backup action switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
To clear core files, use the clear cores command.
clear cores
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Core files are records of core dumps. Use the clear cores command to clear information out of core dump records.
This example shows how to clear core files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # clear cores switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show alert-groups |
|
show cores |
|
To clear a license file, use the clear file command.
clear file name
name | The name of the license file. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A license file must exist to use this command.
This example shows how to clear a license file.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # clear file Sample Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
To remove a license, use the clear license command in local management command mode.
clear license license-file-name [force]
license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
force | (Optional) |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to remove a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command has been deprecated. Use the clear file command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to remove a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear license FibreChannel.lic Clearing license FibreChannel.lic: SERVER this_host ANY VENDOR cisco Enter yes (yes is the default) to continue with the license update. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y Clearing license ..done switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
To clear the contents of the system event log (SEL), use the clear sel command.
clear sel
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to clear the contents of the system event log (SEL).
This example shows how to clear the contents of the SEL:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # clear sel switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show sel |
|
To clear the contents of the system event log (SEL), use the clear sel command.
clear sel
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to clear the contents of the system event log (SEL).
This example shows how to clear the contents of the SEL:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # clear sel switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show sel |
|
To clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host, use the clear sshkey command in local management mode.
clear sshkey host-name
host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to clear the SSH public key of a remote host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear sshkey 192.0.2.111 switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To force a cluster to be the primary cluster, use the cluster force primary command.
cluster force primary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You have to execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
This example shows how to force a cluster to be the primary cluster:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster force primary switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show file |
|
To designate a cluster leader, use the cluster lead command.
cluster lead [ a | b ]
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You must first execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
This example shows how to designate a cluster leader:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster lead b switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show files |
|
To save or verify configuration changes, use the commit-buffer command.
commit-buffer [verify-only]
verify-only | (Optional) Specifies verification only. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to execute all pending configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the commit-buffer command, the pending commands are committed and the asterisk disappears.
This example shows how to save configuration changes:
switch-A# create org 3 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
discard-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
To connect to an adapter, use the connect adapter command.
connect adapter chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id
chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id | Adapter identification number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to connect to an adapter:
switch-A# connect adapter 1/1/1 adapter 1/1 #
To connect to the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller), use the connect bmc command.
connect bmc chassis-id/blade-id
chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to connect to the Baseboard Management Controller:
switch-A# connect bmc 1/1 Trying 127.5.1.1... Connected to 127.5.1.1. Escape character is '^]'. NUOVA-IBMC login:
To connect to DMTF CLP, use the connect clp command.
connect clp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to connect to DMTF CLP:
switch-A# connect clp /admin1 CLP ->
To connect to an IO module, use the connect iom command.
connect iom id
id | Chassis identification number. The valid range of values is 1 to 255. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to connect to a IO module:
switch-A# connect iom 1 Attaching to FEX 1 ... To exit type 'exit', to abort type '$.' fex-1#
To connect to the local management port, use the connect local-mgmt command.
connect local-mgmt [ a | b ]
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
If no switch is specified, a connection will be made to the local management port of the current active switch.
This example shows how to connect to the local management port of switch B:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt b Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B(local-mgmt)#
To connect to the NX-OS, use the connect nxos command.
connect nxos [a | b]
a | (Optional) Specifies switch A. |
b | (Optional) Specifies switch B. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to NXOS:
switch-A-A# connect nxos b Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B#
To copy a file from one directory to another, use the copy command in local management command mode.
copy [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be copied. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
from-path | Absolute or relative path to the file to be copied. |
filename | The name of the source file to be copied. |
to-filesystem: | File system to contain the copied file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
to-path | Absolute or relative path to the copied file. |
dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the copied file. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to copy a file in local management command mode.
If a dest-filename is specified, the copied file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile:
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot copy a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the cp command as an alias for this command.
This example shows how to copy a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To create an adapter, use the create adapter command.
create adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # create adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show chassis |
|
To create an authentication domain, use the create auth-domain command.
create auth-domain name
name | The name of the authentication domain. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the authentication domain can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create an authentication domain for the system:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # create auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Command |
Description |
delete auth-domain |
|
scope auth-domain |
|
To create an authentication server group, use the create auth-server-group command.
create auth-server-group Authentication server group
Authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. This name can include a maximum of 127 characters. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the authentication server group can be alphanumeric, but special characters cannot be used.
This example shows to create an authentication server group:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # create auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
To create a backup, use the create backup command.
create backup file { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state } { disabled | enabled }
file | Managment file name. Use one of the following keywords for file type: ftp, scp, sftp, or tftp. |
all-configuration | Specifies a server, fabric, and system-related configuration backup. |
logical-configuration | Specifies a server and fabric backup. |
system-configuration | Specifies a system-related configuration backup. |
full-state | Specifies a full state backup for disaster recovery. |
disabled | Specifies disabled. |
enabled | Specifies enabled. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
No more than one backup can be created and committed.
When you specify disabled, backup functionality is disabled. When you specify enabled, backup functionality is enabled.
This example shows how to create a backup:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: switch-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/backup #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show image |
|
To create a BIOS policy, use the create bios-policy command.
create bios-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To create a compute blade discovery policy, use the create bladeserver-disc-policy command.
create bladeserver-disc-policy name
name | Name of the compute blade discovery policy. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the policy can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a computer blade discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # create bladeserver-disc-policy Sample Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy* # commit buffer Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
To create a block, use the create block command.
IP pool configurationcreate block from to default-gw subnet-mask
WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration create block from to
from | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
to | To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
default-gw | Default gateway. |
subnet-mask | Subnet mask. |
None
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create addresses, identifiers, and world-wide names.
Use IP pool configuration mode to create IP address blocks. Use WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration mode to create addresses, UUIDs, and WWNs.
This example shows how to create a block:
UCS-A# scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope mac-pool mp1 UCS-A /org/mac-pool # create block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:31 UCS-A /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mac-pool #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooled |
|
To create a boot definition, use the create boot-definition command.
create boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # create boot-definition switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
To create a boot policy, use the create boot-policy command.
create boot-policy name purpose { operational | utility } *
name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
purpose | Specifies the purpose of the policy. |
operational | Specifies an operational policy. |
utility | Specifies a utility policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy* #commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show virtual-media |
|
To create a boot-target object, use the create boot-target command.
create boot-target { primary | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
None.
WWN initiator(/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify a boot target for a WWN initiator.
The following example shows how to create a secondary boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # create boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target* # commit-buffer server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Command |
Description |
delete boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
To create a capacity qualification, use the create cap-qual command.
create cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
path-encap-consolidated | Specifies path encapsulation consolidated. |
path-encap-virtual | Specifies path encapsulation virtual. |
protected-eth-if | Specifies protected Ethernet interface. |
protected-fc-if | Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface. |
protected-fcoe | Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
virtualized-eth-if | Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface. |
virtualized-fc-if | Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies virtualized SCSI interface. |
None
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates an adapter capacity qualification for the specified adapter type and enters organization server qualification adapter mode.
This example shows how to create a capacity qualification:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # create cap-qual cq10 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
To create a keyring certificate request, use the create certreq command.
create certreq { subject-name name | ip ip-address } + [ password password ]
subject-name | Specifies subject name. |
name | Subject name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
ip | Specifies IP address. |
ip-address | IP address. The format is A.B.C.D. |
password | (Optional) Specifies password. |
password | Password. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Before you create a certreq you must set modulus.
This example shows how to create a keyring certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring k1 switch-A /security/keyring # create certreq subject-name cr3 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
show certreq |
|
show keyring |
|
To create a chassis, use the create chassis command.
create chassis min-id max-id
min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
max-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates a chassis with the specified name, and enters organization chassis mode.
This example shows how to create a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # create chassis 2 2 switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To create a chassis statistics class, use the create class chassis-stats command.
create class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for chassis statistics.
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class chassis-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show class |
|
To create a CMC statistics class, use the create class cmc-stats command.
create class cmc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for CMC statistics.
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class cmc-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create the CPU environment statistics class, use the create class cpu-env-stats command.
create class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
When you create the class, you enter organization statistics threshold policy CPU environment class mode. You can then create properties for this class with the create property command in the mode.
This example shows how to create a CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the create class dimm-env-stats command.
create class dimm-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
To create a DIMM statistics class, use the create class dimm-stats command.
create class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for DIMMs.
This example shows how to create a DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an environment statistics class, use the create class env-stats command.
create class env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet server statistcics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
To create an Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class ether-error-stats command.
create class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet error statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-error-stats switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet interface statistics class, use the create class ether-if-stats command.
create class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet interface statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-if-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the create class ether-loss-stats command.
create class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet loss statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-loss-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet pause statistics class, use the create class ether-pause-stats command.
create class ether-pause-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a class for Ethernet pause statistics:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
To create an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port error statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port multicast statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet port statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the create class ether-rx-stats command.
create class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet recieve statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-rx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the create class ether-tx-stats command.
create class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet transmission statistics.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet transmission statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-tx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a fan module statistics class, use the create class fan-module-stats command.
create class fan-module-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan module statistics.
This example shows how to create a fan module statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-module-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a fan statistics class, use the create class fan-stats command.
create class fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan statistics.
This example shows how to create a fan statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the create class fc-error-stats command.
create class fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel error statistics.
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel error statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-error-stats Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Fibre Channel event statistics, use the create class fc-if-event-stats command.
create class fc-if-event-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel event statistics.
The following example
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-event-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Fibre Channel counters, use the create class fc-if-fc4-counters command.
create class fc-if-fc4-counters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel counter statistics.
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel counters:
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-fc4-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class, use the create class fc-if-frame-stats command.
create class fc-if-frame-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel frame statistics.
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class:
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-frame-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the create class fc-port-stats command.
create class fc-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel port statistics.
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the create class fc-stats command.
create class fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel statistics.
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-stats switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create an Fex environment statistics class, use the create class fex-env-stats command.
create class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create an Fex environment statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-env-stats |
|
delete class fex-env-stats |
|
To create an Fex power summary statistics class, use the create class fex-power-summary command.
create class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create an Fex power summary statistics class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-power-summary |
|
delete class fex-power-summary |
|
To create an Fex power supply input statistics class, use the create class fex-psu-input-stats command.
create class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create an Fex power supply input statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
delete class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
To create an Ethernet IO card statistics class, use the create class io-card-stats command.
create class io-card-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
To create a mother board power statistics class, use the create class mb-power-stats command.
create class mb-power-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for mother board power statistics.
This example shows how to create a mother board power statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-power-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a temporary mother board statistics class, use the create class mb-temp-stats command.
create class mb-temp-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Mb statistics.
This example shows how to create a temporary mother board statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-temp-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
To create a class for memory array environment statistics, use the create class memory-array-env-stats command.
create class memory-array-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a class to store the memory array environment statistics:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
To create a memory runtime class, use the create class memory-runtime command.
create class memory-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a memory runtime class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-runtime switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show memory |
|
To create a Menlo port statistics class, use the create class menlo-dce-port-stats command.
create class menlo-dce-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet port statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-dce-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-error-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet error statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-error-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics.
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel statistics.
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create Menlo host port statistics, use the create class menlo-host-port-stats command.
create class menlo-host-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo host port statistics.
This example shows how to create Menlo host port statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-host-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo CPU error statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU error statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo CPU statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo network egress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-eg-stats command.
create class menlo-net-eg-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network egress traffic statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo network egress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-eg-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo network ingress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-in-stats command.
create class menlo-net-in-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network ingress traffic statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo network ingress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-in-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-error-stats command.
create class menlo-q-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic error statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-stats command.
create class menlo-q-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic statistics.
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal completion error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal errors statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive errors statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal receive errors statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-statss |
|
To create a processor runtime statistics class, use the create class processor-runtime command.
create class processor-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a processor runtime statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class processor-runtime switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-statistics |
|
To create a power supply input statistics class, use the create class psu-input-stats command.
create class psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply input statistics.
This example shows how to create a power supply input statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-input-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a power supply statistics class, use the create class psu-stats command.
create class psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply statistics.
This example shows how to create power supply statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a rack unit fan statistics class, use the create class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
create class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create a rack unit fan statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
To create a rack unit power supply statistics class, use the create class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
create class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create a rack unit power supply statistics class:
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
To create a system statistics class, use the create class system-stats command.
create class system-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for system statistics.
This example shows how to create a system statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class system-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show system |
|
To create a Virtual NIC statistics class, use the create class vnic-stats command.
create class vnic-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Virtual NIC statistics.
This example shows how to create a Virtual NIC statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To create a client, use the create client command in port-profile mode.
create client client-name
client-name | The name of the client. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the client. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates a client for a port profile. It also enters you into system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode. This command is used along with other commands to configure port profiles.
This example shows how to create a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create cpu command.
create cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization CPU mode.
Only one CPU qualifier can be created.
This example shows how to create a CPU qualifier:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch /org/server-qual # create cpu switch /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/cpu #
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show server-qual |
|
To create a data center, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create data-center datacenter-name
datacenter-name | The name of the data center. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Data center
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To create a default authentication method for an authentication domain, use the create default-auth command.
create default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create a default authentication method for an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # create default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Command |
Description |
scope default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
To create a default behavior mode, use the create default-behavior command.
create default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
hw-inherit sets
This example shows how to create a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
To create an email destination, use the create destination command.
create destination email
Email destination. |
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an email destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile p3 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # create destination home@test.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show destination |
|
To create a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the create dest-interface command.
create dest-interface slotid portid
slotid | The slot ID of the interface. It must be a value between 1-5 |
portid | The port ID of the interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
None
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to create a destination interface for the Ethernet traffic monitoring session.
To create a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # create dest-interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface #
Command |
Description |
delete dest-interface |
|
To create a distributed virtual switch, use the create distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
create distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
dvs-name | The name of the switch. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the switch. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Distributed virtual switch
This example shows how to create a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # create distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
To create a DNS host name , use the create dns command.
create dns name
name | DNS host name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a DNS host name:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # create dns dns10 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
To create a dynamic vNIC connection, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS instances that include servers with Cisco M81KR VIC adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each Dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
To create a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS instances that include servers with Cisco M81KR VIC adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each Dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
This example shows how to create a dynamic VNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To create an egress policy, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create egress-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Data center
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To create an Ethernet interface, use the create eth-if command.
create eth-if name
name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To create an Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode, use the create eth-mon-session command.
create eth-mon-session name
name | The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the session can include alphanumeric characters. You cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # create eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
To create an Ethernet policy, use the create eth-policy command.
create eth-policy name
policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # create eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To create an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface, use the create eth-target command.
create eth-target name
name | The name of the Ethernet target endpoint. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
The name of the Ethernet target endpoint can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # create eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Command |
Description |
set macaddress |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
To create an external static management IP, use the create ext-static-ip command.
create ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command.
You cannot use this command to set an external static management IP for a service profile that uses an initial template.
This example shows how to set an external static management IP address for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # create ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
scope ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
To create a Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, use the create fc-mon-session command.
create fc-mon-session Name
Name | Name of the monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters, and can include alphanumeric characters. |
None
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
The name of the Fibre Channel monitoring session cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # create fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
To create a FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) interface, use the create fcoe-if command.
create fcoe-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an FCoE interface:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # scope vnic switch /org/service-profile/vnic # create fcoe-if switch /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
To create a Fibre Channel policy, use the create fc-policy command.
create fc-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a Fibre Channel policy, and enter organization fc-policy mode.
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # create fc-policy fcp10 switch /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To create a folder, use the create folder command in vcenter mode. You can also create a folder in data-center mode.
create folder folder-name
folder-name | The name of the folder. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Folder
This example shows how to create a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create folder folder10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
To create a host pack, use the create fw-host-pack command.
create fw-host-pack name
name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a host firmware package and enter organization firmware host package mode.
This example shows how to create a host pack:
switch-A# scope org org3 Pubs-A /org # create fw-host-pack hp4 Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack #
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To create a management pack, use the create fw-mgmt-pack command.
create fw-mgmt-pack name
name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a management firmware package and enter organization firmware management package mode.
This example shows how to create a management pack:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create fw-mgmt-pack mp4 switch /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer switch /org/fw-host-pack #
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To create an HV connection, use the create hv-conn command.
create hv-conn protection { none | protected } *
protection | Specifies that the connection is protected. |
none | Specifies no protection. |
protected | Specifies protection. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a Hypervisor connection, and enter organization HV connection mode.
This example shows how to create a HV connection:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # create hv-conn switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn #
Command |
Description |
show connectivity |
|
show hv-conn |
|
To create a import configuration, use the create import-config command.
create import-config { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: } { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }
ftp: | Specifies File Transfer Protocol. |
scp: | Specifies Secure Copy Protocol. |
sftp: | Specifies Secure File Transfer Protocol. |
tftp: | Specifies Trivial File Transfer Protocol. |
disabled | Specifies disabled. |
enabled | Specifies enabled. |
merge | Specifies merge. |
replace | Specifies replace. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a configuration for importing files, and enter organization import configuration mode.
This example shows how to create an import configuration:
switch# scope system switch /system # create import-config ftp: enabled replace switch /service/import-config* # commit-buffer switch /service/import-config #
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show import-config |
|
To create an initiator, use the create initiator command.
create initiator id
id | Initiator identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a WWN initiator, and enter organization initiator mode.
This example shows how to create an initiator:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnpool3 switch-A /org/wwn-pool # create initiator switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show initiator |
|
To create an interface, use the create interface command.
create interface slot-id port-id
slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
None
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create an Ethernet or Fibre Channel interface, and enter organization interface mode.
This example shows how to create an interface:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # create interface 5 10 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show switch |
|
To create a Fibre Channel interface for a fabric, use the create interface fc command.
create interface fc slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port id | The port identification of the interface. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to create a fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # create interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Command |
Description |
scope interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
To create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the create interface fcoe command.
create interface fcoe slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # create interface fcoe 3 40 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Command |
Description |
scope interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
To create an IPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) access profile, use the create ipmi-access-profile command.
create ipmi-access-profile name
name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create an IPMI access profile, and enter organization IPMI access profile mode.
This example shows how to create an IPMI access profile:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1 switch /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer switch /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To create an end-point user, use the create ipmi-user command.
create ipmi-user name
name | End-point user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced as create epuser. |
1.4(1) | This command was renamed as create ipmi-user. |
Creates the specified endpoint user and enters organization IPMI access profile endpoint user mode.
More than one endpoint user can be created within an IPMI access profile, with each endpoint user having its own password and privileges
This example shows how to create an IPMI user:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ap10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # create ipmi-user user10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To create a keyring, use the create keyring command.
create keyring name
name | Keyring name. The name can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a keyring to store RSA keys, and enter organization keyring mode.
This example shows how to create a keyring:
switch# scope security switch /security # create keyring kr220 switch /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
To create a LAN, use the create lan command.
create lan
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a LAN, and enter organization lan mode.
This example shows how to create a LAN:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp6 switch-A /org/boot-policy # create lan switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
To create an LDAP group, use the create ldap-group command.
create ldap-group Group DN
Group DN | The group description. The name of the LDAP group can contain a maximum of 127 characters. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The LDAP group name can include alphanumeric and special characters.
This example shows how to create an LDAP group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # create ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
To create an LDAP group rule, use the create ldap-group-rule command.
create ldap-group-rule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
While using this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create an LDAP group rule for a server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Example Switch-A /security/ldap/server # create ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
To create local storage, use the create local command.
create local
None
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create local storage:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch /org/boot-policy/storage # create local storage10 switch /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer switch /org/boot-policy/storage #
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
To create a local disk configuration, use the create local-disk-config command.
create local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a local disk configuration, and enter organization local disk configuration mode.
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
To create a local disk configuration policy, use the create local-disk-config-policy command.
create local-disk-config-policy name
name | Local disk configuration policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a local disk configuration policy, and enter organization local disk configuration policy mode.
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration policy:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create local-disk-config-policy ldcp1 switch /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
To create a locale, use the create locale command.
create locale name
name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a locale, and enter organization local user mode.
You cannot create locales for an administrator account.
This example shows how to create a locale:
switch# scope security switch /security # scope local-user lu1 switch /security # create locale locale1 switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
To create a local user, use the create local-user command.
create local-user name
name | Local user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 74. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a local user, and enter organization local user mode.
This example shows how to create a local user:
switch# scope security switch /security # scope local-user lu1 switch /security # create local-user lu2 switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
To create a MAC address pool, use the create mac-pool command.
create mac-pool name
name | MAC address pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a block of MAC addresses, and enter organization MAC pool mode.
This example shows how to create a MAC pool:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create mac-pool mp1 switch /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/mac-pool #
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
To create MAC security, use the create mac-security command.
create mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Network Control Policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was first introduced in the port profile mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/port-profile). |
1.4(1) | This command is now available in the Network Control Policy mode within the Organization mode (/org/nw-ctrl-policy). This command is no longer available within the Port Profile mode in the Ethernet Uplink Mode. |
Use this command to create MAC security, and enter organization MAC security mode.
A network control policy for an organization must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to create MAC security:
switch# scope org Testing switch /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy sample switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy # create mac-security switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # commit-buffer switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
To create a maintenance policy, use the create maint-policy command.
create maint-policy Name
name | The name of the maintenance policy. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the maintenance policy can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # create maint-policy Default Switch-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
To create a member port, use the create member-port command.
create member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
a | Specifies fabric A. |
b | Specifies fabric B. |
slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 5. |
port-id | Port identification number. Depending on the command mode, the range of valid values is 1 to 40 or 1 to 256. |
None
VLAN under Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric interconnect (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command is not available in the Port Channel mode within /eth-uplink/switch mode. This command can be used in the VLAN mode within Ethernet Storage. (/eth-storage/vlan). |
Use this command to create a member port, and enter organization member port mode.
The valid values for Port ID in the VLAN mode (/eth-storage/vlan) is 1 to 40.
The valid values for Port ID in the VSAN modes is 1 to 256.
This example shows how to create a member port for a VLAN within the Ethernet Storage command mode:
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope vlan sample Switch-A /eth-storage/vlan # create member-port a 1 22 Switch-A /eth-storage/vlan/member-port* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/vlan/member-port #
Command |
Description |
show member-port (slot ID, port ID) |
|
show port-channel |
|
To create a member-port, use the create member-port command.
create member-port slotid portid
slot id | The ID of the slot. The value must be an integer between 1 and 5. |
port id | The ID of the port. The value must be an integer between 1 and 40. |
None
Port-Channel within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port-Channel within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The port channels must already be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create a member port for a port channel within the Fibre Channel uplink mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel sample Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel # create member-port 1 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port #
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
To create a member port channel for a VSAN, use the create member-port-channel command.
create member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
a | Specifies port A. |
b | Specifies port B. |
port channel id | Specifies the ID of the port channel. It must be a value between 1- 256. |
None
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to create a member port channel for a sample VSAN within a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan Sample Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # create member-port-channel a 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Command |
Description |
scope member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
To create a memory qualifier, use the create memory command.
create memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a memory qualifier, and enter organization memory mode.
This example shows how to create a memory qualifier:
Pubs-A# scope org org3 Pubs-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 Pubs-A /org/server-qual # create memory Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To create a monitor source session, use the create mon-src command.
create mon-src session name
session name | The name of the monitoring source session. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
VHBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
External Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink(/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The session of the monitoring source can include a maximum of 16 characters. The session can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a monitoring source for VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic test Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create mon-src example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
scope mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
To create a Ethernet interface, use the create network command.
create network name
name | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a network, and enter organization network mode.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp1 switch /eth-uplink/port-profile # create network eth1 switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network #
Command |
Description |
show fc-uplink |
|
show network |
|
To create a network, use the create network command in port-profile mode.
create network network-name
network-name | The name of the network. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the network. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Network
This example shows how to create a network:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To create an NTP server, use the create ntp-server command.
create ntp-server name
name | Server name. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create an NTP server, and enter organization NTP server mode.
This example shows how to create an NTP server:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # create ntp-server ntps1 switch-A /system/services/ntp-server* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services/ntp-server #
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
To create a network control policy, use the create nw-ctrl-policy command.
create nw-ctrl-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. Enter up to 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the network control policy can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
When you create a network control policy, you can use the policy to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to create a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create nw-ctrl-policy netCtrlP10 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
set uplink-fail-action |
|
enter nw-ctrl-policy |
|
delete nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
To create a one-time occurrence for a schedule, use the create occurrence one-time command.
create occurrence one-time name
name | Name of the one-time occurrence for the schedule. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule must be created to use this command.
The name of the one-time occurrence of the schedule can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a one-time occurrence for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # create occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
To create a recurring occurrence for a schedule, use the create occurrence recurring command.
create occurrence recurring Name
Name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule must be created to use this command.
The name of the recurring occurrence instance can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # create occurrence recurring Sample Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
set concur-tasks |
|
set day |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
set proc-cap |
|
To create an org, use the create org command.
create org name
name | Org name. The range of valid values is 1 to 80. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Organizations are logical entities that you can use to divide up large physical infrastructures into smaller infrastructures.
Use this command to create an organization, and enter organization mode.
This example shows how to create an org:
Switch-A# scope org org3 Switch-A /org # create org org4 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
To create a organization reference, use the create org-ref command.
create org-ref name orgdn domain-name
name | Organization name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
orgdn | Specifies the organization domain name. |
domain-name | Domain name. |
None
Locale (/security/locale)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The create org-ref command creates a an organization reference to a locale. Use this command to create a organization reference, and enter organization organization reference mode.
You can specify more than one org-ref-name and orgdn-name argument on the same command line to reference multiple organizations to the locale, or you can add organizations to the same locale using multiple create org-ref commands.
This example shows how to create an organization reference to a locale:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope locale locale1 switch-A /security/locale # create org-ref or3 orgdn or30 switch-A /security/locale/org-ref* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/locale/org-ref #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
To create an image pack, use the create pack-image command.
create pack-image hw-vendor hw-model { server-bios | adapter | raid-controller | host-nic | host-hba | host-hba-optionrom } version
hw-vendor | Hardware vendor. |
hw-model | Hardware model number. |
server-bios | Specifies the image for the server. |
adapter | Specifies the image for the adapter. |
raid-controller | Specifies the image for the RAID array. |
host-nic | Specifies the image for the host NIC. |
host-hba | Specifies the image for the host HBA. |
host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the image for the host HBA optional ROM. |
version | Hardware version. |
None
Firmware management package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images.
Use this command to create a pack-image, and enter organization pack image mode.
Keywords found in the create pack-image command are not supported in /org/fw-mgmt-pack mode.
This example shows how to create an image pack:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack fmp1 switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack # create pack-image hp 1100 bmc 1.2 switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image #
Command |
Description |
show fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To create a LAN image path, use the create path command.
create path { primary | secondary }
primary | Specifies a primary path. |
secondary | Specifies specifies a secondary path. |
None
SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)
LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)
LAN under boot-definition /org/service-profile/boot-def/lan
SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The LAN image path is the path the vNIC used when booting from an image on a LAN, such as a PXE boot. For each path you can specify the vNIC to use.
Use this command to create a LAN image path, and enter organization path mode.
This example shows how to create a LAN image path:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # create path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show path |
|
To create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create physical-qual command.
create physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization physical qualifier mode.
This example shows how to create a physical qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create physical-qual switch-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual #
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
show server-qual |
|
To create a pin group, use the create pin-group command.
create pin-group name
name | Pin group name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Pinning in Cisco UCS is only relevant to uplink ports.
When you determine the optimal configuration for pin groups and pinning for an uplink port, consider the estimated bandwidth usage for the servers. If you know that some servers in the system will use a lot of bandwidth, ensure that you pin these servers to different uplink ports.
Use this command to create a pin group, and enter organization pin-group mode.
This example shows how to create a pin group:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # create pin-group pg110 switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show pin-group |
|
To create a policy, use the create policy command.
callhome modecreate policy event
flow-control modecreate policy name
event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 16 characters. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
Use this command to create a policy, and enter either organization callhome or organization flow control mode.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to create an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to create a named policy.
This example shows how to create and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # create policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to create a named policy for flow control:
switch-A # scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # create policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Command |
Description |
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create a pooling policy, use the create pooling-policy command.
create pooling-policy name
name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates a server pooling policy, and enters organization pooling policy mode.
This example shows how to create a pooling policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create pooling-policy pp110 switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
To create a port channel, use the create port-channel command.
create port-channel id
id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. |
None
Fabric within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a Fabric within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (fc-uplink/fabric). The range of valid values was modified to 1 to 256 from 1 to 40. |
Consider using a port channel to make best use of capacity when multiple uplinks are used on a switch.
Use this command to create a port channel, and enter organization port channel mode.
This example shows how to create a port channel:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # create port-channel 20 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Command |
Description |
show port-channel |
|
set adminspeed |
|
set mon-src |
|
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command.
create port-profile name
name | Port profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a port profile, and enter organization port profile mode.
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # create port-profile pp110 switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command in profile-set mode.
create port-profile profile-name
profile-name | The name of the profile. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the profile. The range of valid values is 1 to 31. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The port profile client determines the DVSes to which a port profile is applied. By default, a port profile applies to all DVSes in the vCenter; however, you can use a port profile client to apply a port profile to all DVSes in a specific datacenter or datacenter folder, or to a specific DVS.
create port-profile creates the specified port profile and enters system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode.
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
To create a power policy, use the create power-control-policy command.
create power-control-policy name
name | The name of the power policy. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the power policy can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
This example shows how to create a power policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # create power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
To create a power group, use the create power-group command.
create power-group name
name | The name of the power group. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the power group can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
The global capping policy must be set as policy-driven-chassis--group-cap to create power groups.
This example shows how to create a power group.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # create power-group Testing Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
delete power group |
|
To create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create processor command.
create processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Use this command create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization processor mode.
Only one processor qualifier can be created.
Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the create cpu command. |
This example shows how to create a processor qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
show server-qual |
|
To create a profile, use the create profile command.
create profile name
name | Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a profile, and enter organization profile mode.
This example shows how to create a profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # create profile p210 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show profile |
|
To create a QoS policy, use the create qos-policy command in org mode.
create qos-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # create qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To create a role, use the create role command.
create role name
name | Role name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a role, and enter organization role mode.
This example shows how to create a role:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # create role admin switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
To create a SAN image, use the create san-image command.
create san-image { primary | secondary }
primary | Specifies primary image. |
secondary | Specifies secondary image. |
None
Storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Only one SAN image can be created and committed.
Use this command to create a SAN image, and enter organization SAN image mode.
This example shows how to create a SAN image:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # scope boot-def switch /org/service-profile/boot-def # scope storage switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage # create san-image primary switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image #
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show san-image |
|
To create a scheduler, use the create scheduler command.
create scheduler name
name | The name of the scheduler. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the scheduler can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include any special characters.
This example shows how to create a scheduler.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # create scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler #
Command |
Description |
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
To create a scrub policy, use the create scrub-policy command.
create scrub-policy name
name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a scrub policy, and enter organization scrub policy mode.
This example shows how to create a scrub policy:
switch# scope org org100 switch /org # create scrub-policy scrub100 switch /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/scrub-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
To create a server, use the create server command.
create server { server-name }
server-name | The name of the server. Valid entries for this value are a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 16. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced with two options server-name and chassis-id/slot-id. Also, this command could have been used to create a server in the VMware management mode and the server pool mode. |
1.4(1) | The command options have been modified. With this release, you only need to specify the name of the server, or the host IP address. The name of the server can include a maximum of 16 characters. This command is not available in the VMware management mode. The options for this command in the server pool mode have been modified. See create server server-pool command. |
This command takes the name argument only in the /org/server-pool mode.
Use this command to create a server, and enter organization server mode.
This example shows how to create a server:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope radius switch-A /security/radius # create server radius 209.165.200.226 switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/radius/server #
Command |
Description |
create server server-pool |
|
show server |
|
To create a server in the server pool, use the create server command.
create server { rack-id | chassis-id / blade-id }
rack-id | The ID of the rack that the server will belong to. The value must be an integer between 1 and 255. |
chassis-id / blade-id | The chassis and blade identification numbers. |
None
Server Pool (/org/server-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Server Pool mode with modified options. |
A server pool must be created to use this command.
The ID of the rack that the server will belong to must be an integer between 1 and 255.
This example shows how to create a server in the server-pool.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope server-pool default Switch-A /org/server-pool # create server 4/5 Switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-pool #
Command |
Description |
create server-pool |
|
create server |
|
To create a server automatice configuration policy, use the create server-autoconfig-policy command.
create server-autoconfig-policy name
name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The server-autoconfig-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server automatic configuration policy with the specified policy name, and enters organization server automatic configuration policy mode.
This example shows how to create a server autoconfiguration policy:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-autoconfig-policy sap110 switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
To create a server discovery policy, use the create server-disc-policy command.
create server-disc-policy name
name | Server discovery policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The server-disc-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server discovery policy, and enter organization server discovery policy mode.
This example shows how to create a server discovery policy:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-disc-policy sdp110 switch /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
To create a server inherit policy, use the create server-inherit-policy command.
create server-inherit-policy name
name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The server-inherit-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server inherit policy, and enter organization server inherit policy mode.
This example shows how to create a server inherit policy:
switch#scope org / switch /org # create server-inherit-policy sip110 switch /org/server-inherit-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-inherit-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
To create a server pool, use the create server-pool command.
create server-pool name
name | Server pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a server pool, and enter organization server pool mode.
This example shows how to create a server pool:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-pool sPool10 switch /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-pool #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show server-pool |
|
To create a server qualifier, use the create server-qual command.
create server-qual name
name | Server qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a server qualifier, and enter organization server qualification mode.
This example shows how to create a server qualifier:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-qual sql10 switch /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
To create a server reference for an authentication server group, use the create server-ref command.
create server-ref name
name | The name of the server. You can enter either a name or the IP address of the server. |
None
Authentication Server Group within LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication Server Group within Radius (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication Server Group within TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group and a server must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to add a server reference to an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # create server-ref example Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Command |
Description |
scope server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
To create a service profile, use the create service-profile command.
create service-profile name [ initial-template | instance | updating-template ]
name | The service profile name. This name can be between 2 and 32 alphanumeric characters long. You cannot use spaces or any special characters, and you cannot change this name after the object has been saved. |
initial-template | Specifies that instances will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
instance | Specifies the service profile instance. |
updating-template | Specifies that instances will automatically update if this template is updated. |
None.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a service profile, and enter service profile mode.
The following example shows how to create a service profile.
switch# scope org org110 switch /org # create service-profile spEast110 switch /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To create a slot, use the create slot command.
create slot min-id max-id
min-id | Minimum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
max-id | Maximum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
None
Chassis (/org/server-qual/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a slot with the specified ID, and enters organization slot mode.
This example shows how to create a slot:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 1 switch /org/server-qual/chassis # create slot 1 1 switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
To create an SNMP trap, use the create snmp-trap command.
create snmp-trap ip-address
ip-address | Host IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You must create an SNMP community before you create an SNMP trap.
This example shows how to create an SNMP trap:
switch#scope monitoring switch /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.0.2.34 switch /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To create an SNMPv3 user, use the create snmp-user command.
create snmp-useruser-name
user-name | User name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create an SNMPv3 user:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-user snmpUser10 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To create a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the create sol-config command.
create sol-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a SoL configuration, and enter organization SoL configuration mode.
This example shows how to create a SoL configuration:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp30a switch-A /org/service-profile # create sol-config switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
To create an SoL policy, use the create sol-policy command.
create sol-policy name
name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a SoL policy with the specified name, and enters organization SoL policy mode.
This example shows how to create a SoL policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create sol-policy solpol1 switch-A /org/sol-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/sol-policy #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show sol-policy |
|
To create a statistics threshold policy, use the create stats-threshold-policy command.
create stats-threshold-policy name
name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a statistics threshold policy, and enter organization statistics threshold policy mode.
This example shows how to create a statistics threshold policy:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # create stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show pooling-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create storage, use the create storage command.
create storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a storage qualification, and enter organization server qualification storage mode.
This example shows how to create storage:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def bd1 switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def # create storage switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage #
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show storage |
|
To create a threshold value for a property, use the create threshold-value command.
create threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
This command creates the specified threshold value for the class property and enters organization statistics threshold policy class property threshold value mode. You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set threshold-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
You can configure multiple threshold values for a class property. Before you use this command, use the set normal-value command to set a baseline.
The following example shows how to set the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # create threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
To create a trustpoint, use the create trustpoint command.
create trustpoint name
name | Trustpoint name. The name can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to identify the trustpoints that will be used to validate a certificate during Internet Key Exchange (IKE) authentication, and enter organization trustpoint mode.
This example shows how to create a trustpoint:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # create trustpoint tPoint10 switch-A /security/trustpoint* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/trustpoint #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
To create a UUID suffix pool, use the create uuid-suffix-pool command.
create uuid-suffix-pool name
name | UUID suffix pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates a UUID suffix pool with the specified name, and enters organization UUID suffix pool mode.
This example shows how to create a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create uuid-suffix-pool uuidsp1 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
To create a VCenter, use the create vcenter command in vmware mode.
create vcenter vcenter-name
vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the VCenter. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
To create a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the create vcon command.
create vcon { 1 | | 2 }
1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # create vcon vc100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
To create a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the create vcon-policy command.
create vcon-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Creates the specified vCon policy and enters organization vcon-policy mode. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
This example shows how to create a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To create a virtual HBA vHBA), use the create vhba command.
create vhba name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fc-if } *
name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
fabric | Specifies a fabric. |
a | Specifies fabric A. |
b | Specifies fabric B. |
fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
interface-name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a vHBA, and enter organization virtual HBA mode.
This example shows how to create a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10a switch-A /org/service-profile # create vhba 10a switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To create a vHBA template, use the create vhba-templ command.
create vhba-templ name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fci-name } *
name | vHBA template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
fabric | Specifies fabric. |
a | Specifies fabric A. |
b | Specifies fabric B. |
fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
fci-name | Fibre Channel interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A vHBA is a virtualized host bus adapter that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical HBA to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vHBAs you can create.
Use this command to create a vHBA template, and enter organization virtual HBA template mode.
This example shows how to create a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create vhba-templ vhbat10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
To create virtual media, use the create virtual-media command.
create virtual-media { read-only | read-write }
read-only | Specifies read-only virtual media. |
read-write | Specifies read and write virtual media. |
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create virtual media with the specified name, and enters organization virtual-media mode.
This example shows how to create virtual media:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # create virtual-media read-write switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media #
Command |
Description |
show storage |
|
show virtual-media |
|
To create a VLAN, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name id
name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (eth-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a fabric within the Ethernet Storage command mode. In addition, the following changes were introduced: |
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number and enter vlan mode.
This example shows how to create a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # create vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To create a VLAN for a port profile, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name
name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The command option was modified to accept a value with a maximum of 32 characters. Prior to this release, the maximum number of characters was 16. |
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name for a port profile and enter vlan mode.
This example shows how to create a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
To create a VNIC (Virtual Network Interface Card), use the create vnic command.
create vnic name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | eth-if eth-if } *
name | VNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
a | Specifies switch A. |
a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a vNIC with the specified name, and enters organization virtual NIC mode.
This example shows how to create a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # create vnic vnic110 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
To create a VNIC egress policy, use the create vnic-egress-policy command.
create vnic-egress-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Virtual NIC QoS (/org/vnic-qos)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a vNIC egress policy, and enter organization virtual NIC egress policy mode.
This example shows how to create a vNIC egress policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope vnic-qos vnicq1 switch-A /org/vnic-qos # create vnic-egress-policy switch-A /org/vnic-qos* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-qos #
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-egress-policy |
|
To create a VNIC template, use the create vnic-templ command.
create vnic-templ name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | target { adapter | vm } + | eth-if eth-if } *
name | vNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
a | Specifies switch A. |
a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
target | Specifies the target, either adapter or vm. |
adapter | Specifies the adapter. |
vm | Specifies the virtual machine. |
eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a vNIC template, and enters organization virtual NIC template mode.
This example shows how to create a vNIC template:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create vnic-templ vnict1 eth-if 10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To create a VSAN, use the create vsan command.
create vsan name id fcoe-vlan
name | VSAN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
id | VSAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
fcoe-vlan | Fibre Channel over Ethernet VLAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
None
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Fabric within Fibre Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) Fabric within Fibre Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric) This command was obsoleted from the following mode: Switch within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/switch) The maximum number of characters of the VLAN interface name is modified from 16 to 32. |
Use this command to create a VSAN with the specified name, and enters organization VSAN mode.
You can create a named VSAN with IDs from 1 to 4093. VSANs configured on different FCoE VLANs cannot share the same ID.
This example shows how to create a VSAN:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # create vsan vs2 6 10 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Command |
Description |
show vif |
|
show vsan |
|
To create a WWN (World Wide Name) pool, use the create wwn-pool command.
create wwn-pool name { node-wwn-assignment | port-wwn-assignment }
name | WWN pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
node-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node name assignment. |
port-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node port assignment. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a WWN pool with the specified name, and enters organization WWN pool mode.
A WWN pool can include only WWNNs or WWPNs in the 20:xx range. All other WWN ranges are reserved.
This example shows how to create a WWN pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create wwn-pool wwnp1 port-wwn-assignment switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
To cycle a server, use the cycle command.
cycle { cycle-immediate | cycle-wait }
cycle-immediate | Specifies cycle immediately. |
cycle-wait | Specifies wait to cycle. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to cycle a server:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # cycle cycle-immediate switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
To decommission a chassis, use the decommission chassis command.
decommission chassis id
id | Chassis identification number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to decommission a chassis:
switch-A# decommission chassis 2 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To decommission a Fabric extender module, use the decommission fex command.
decommission fex id
id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to decommission a Fabric extender module.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # decommission fex 2 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
remove fex |
|
To decommission a server, use the decommission server command.
decommission server { ID | chassis-id/blade-id }
Id | Chassis identification number. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
chassis-id/blade-id | Server chassis and blade identification number. The values must be entered in the n/n format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced with the chassis-id/blade-id option. |
1.4(1) | The option to specify the chassis identification number was introduced. |
This example shows how to decommission a server:
switch-A# decommission server 1/1 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
decommission server (chassis) |
|
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To decommission a server for a chassis, use the decommission server command.
decommission server slot ID
ID | The identification number of the slot. It must be a value between 1 and 8. |
None
Chassis (/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to decommission a server for a chassis.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # decommission server 1 Switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis #
Command |
Description |
decommission server |
|
To delete the adapter, use the delete adapter command.
delete adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal100 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete adapter switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
To delete an authentication domain, use the delete auth-domain command.
delete auth-domain name
name | The name of the authentication domain. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # delete auth-domain Default Switch-A /security* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
scope auth-domain |
|
create auth-domain |
|
To delete an authentication server group, use the delete auth-server-group command.
delete auth-server-group authentication server group
authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None.
This example shows how to delete an authentication server group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # delete auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
To delete backup, use the delete backup command.
delete backup name
name | Backup name. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete backup:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # delete backup backUpFDrive switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
To delete a compute blade server discovery policy, use the delete bladeserver-disc-policy command.
delete bladeserver-disc-policy name
name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete a compute blade server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
To delete a block, use the delete block command.
delete block from to
from | Start UUID. |
to | End UUID. |
None
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a block:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # delete block 1234-123412341230 1234-123412341234 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
To delete a boot definition, use the delete boot-definition command.
delete boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete boot-definition bp10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show boot-policy |
|
To delete a boot policy, use the delete boot-policy command.
delete boot-policy name
name | Boot policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete boot-policy bp110 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show chassis-disk-policy |
|
To delete a boot-target object, use the delete boot-target command.
delete boot-target { primary | | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
None
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Before using this command, you must create a boot target object by using the create boot-target command.
The following example shows how to delete a boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # delete boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
create boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
show boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
To delete a capacity qualification, use the delete cap-qual command.
delete cap-qual { fcoe | | non-virtualized-eth-if | | non-virtualized-fc-if | | path-encap-consolidated | | path-encap-virtual | | protected-eth-if | | protected-fc-if | | protected-fcoe | | virtualized-eth-if | | virtualized-fc-if | | virtualized-scsi-if }
fcoe | Specifies the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) qualification. |
non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies the nonvirtualized Ethernet interface qualification. |
non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies the nonvirtualized Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
path-encap-consolidated | Specifies the path encapsulation consolidated qualification. |
path-encap-virtual | Specifies the path encapsulation virtual qualification. |
protected-eth-if | Specifies the protected Ethernet interface qualification. |
protected-fc-if | Specifies the protected Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
protected-fcoe | Specifies the protected Fcoe qualification. |
virtualized-eth-if | Specifies the virtualized Ethernet interface qualification. |
virtualized-fc-if | Specifies the virtualized Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies the virtualized SCSI interface qualification. |
None
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example show how to delete an FCoE capacity qualification:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope adapter server /org/server-qual/adapter # delete cap-qual fcoe server /org/server-qual/adapter #
Command |
Description |
create cap-qual |
|
enter cap-qual |
|
scope cap-qual |
|
show cap-qual |
|
To delete a certificate request, use the delete certreq command.
delete certreq
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring kr10 switch-A /security/keyring # delete certreq switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
show certreq |
|
showkeyring |
|
To delete a chassis, use the delete chassis command.
delete chassis min-id max-id
min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
max-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete chassis 1 1 switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
To delete the chassis statistics class, use the delete class chassis-stats command.
delete class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class chassis-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete a CPU environment statistics class, use the delete class cpu-env-stats command.
delete class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to delete the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class cpu-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete a dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the delete class dimm-env-stats command.
delete class dimm-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
To delete the DIMM statistics class, use the delete class dimm-stats command.
delete class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an environment statistics class, use the delete class env-stats command.
delete class env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
To delete the Ethernet error statistics class, use the delete class ether-error-stats command.
delete class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-error-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete the Ethernet interface statistics class, use the delete class ether-if-stats command.
delete class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A#scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp20 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-if-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show ether-if-stats |
|
To delete the Ethernet loss statistics class, use the delete class ether-loss-stats command.
delete class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-loss-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an Ethernet pause statistics class, use the delete class ether-pause-stats command.
delete class ether-pause-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
To delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the delete class ether-rx-stats command.
delete class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-rx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class, use the delete class ether-tx-stats command.
delete class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-tx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete a fan module statistics class, use the delete class fan-module-stats command.
delete class fan-module-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the fan module statistics classes:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fan-module-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class fan-module-stats |
|
enter class fan-module-stats |
|
scope class fan-module-stats |
|
show class fan-module-stats |
|
To delete the fan statistics class, use the delete class fan-stats command.
delete class fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a fan statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fan-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class fan-stats |
|
enter class fan-stats |
|
scope class fan-stats |
|
show class fan-stats |
|
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) error statistics class, use the delete class fc-error-stats command.
delete class fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Fibre channel uplink statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Fibre Channel error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-error-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-error-stats |
|
enter class fc-error-stats |
|
scope class fc-error-stats |
|
show class fc-error-stats |
|
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) port statistics class, use the delete class fc-port-stats command.
delete class fc-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the Fibre Channel port statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-port-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-port-stats |
|
enter class fc-port-stats |
|
scope class fc-port-stats |
|
show class fc-port-stats |
|
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) statistics class, use the delete class fc-stats command.
delete class fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Fabric Channel statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-stats |
|
enter class fc-stats |
|
scope class fc-stats |
|
show class fc-stats |
|
To delete an Fex environment statistics class, use the delete class fex-env-stats command.
delete class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete an Fex environment statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-env-stats |
|
create class fex-env-stats |
|
To delete an Fex power summary statistics class, use the delete class fex-power-summary command.
delete class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete an Fex power summary statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-power-summary |
|
create class fex-power-summary |
|
To delete an Fex power supply input statistics class, use the delete class fex-psu-input-stats command.
delete class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete an Fex power supply input statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
create class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
To delete an IO card statistics class, use the delete class io-card-stats command.
delete class io-card-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
To delete a mother board power statistics class, use the delete class mb-power-stats command.
delete class mb-power-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a mother board power statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class mb-power-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class mb-power-stats |
|
enter class mb-power-stats |
|
scope class mb-power-stats |
|
show class mb-power-stats |
|
To delete a temporary mother board statistics class, use the delete class mb-temp-stats command.
delete class mb-temp-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a temporary mother board statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class mb-temp-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class mb-temp-stats |
|
enter class mb-temp-stats |
|
scope class mb-temp-stats |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
To delete the memory array environment statistics class, use the delete class memory-array-env-stats command.
delete class memory-array-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the memory array environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
To delete a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a PCIe fatal error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
To delete the power supply input statistics class, use the delete class psu-input-stats command.
delete class psu-input-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a PSU input statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete psu-input-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class psu-input-stats |
|
enter class psu-input-stats |
|
scope class psu-input-stats |
|
show class psu-input-stats |
|
To delete a power supply input statistics class, use the delete class psu-stats command.
delete class psu-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a power supply input statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete psu-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class psu-stats |
|
enter class psu-stats |
|
scope class psu-stats |
|
show class psu-stats |
|
To delete a rack unit fan statistics class, use the delete class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a rack unit fan statistics class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
create class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
To delete a rack unit power supply statistics class, use the delete class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a rack unit power supply statistics class.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
To delete a system statistics class, use the delete class system-stats command.
delete class system-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a system statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete system-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class system-stats |
|
enter class system-stats |
|
scope class system-stats |
|
show class system-stats |
|
To delete the virtual NIC statistics class, use the delete class vnic-stats command.
delete class vnic-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class vnic-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class vnic-stats |
|
enter class vnic-stats |
|
scope class vnic-stats |
|
show class vnic-stats |
|
To delete a client, use the delete client command in port-profile mode.
delete client client-name
client-name | The name of the client. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port profile |
|
To delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete cpu command.
delete cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy.
This example shows how to delete a CPU qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete cpu switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
To delete a data center, use the delete data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a data center in folder mode.
delete data-center datacenter-name
datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To delete a default authentication mechanism, use the delete default-auth command.
delete default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a default authentication method for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # delete default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
To delete a default behavior mode, use the delete default-behavior command.
delete default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/ #
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
To delete the destination, use the delete destination command.
delete destination email
Email destination. |
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile pro10 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # delete destination test@csx.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show destination |
|
show profile |
|
To delete a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the delete dest-interface command.
delete dest-interface slotid portid
slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-5. |
portid | The port ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
None
Fibre Channel monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to delete the destination interface for the Ethernet monitoring session.
To delete the destination interface for the Fibre Channel monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # delete dest-interface 1 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
To delete a distributed virtual switch, use the delete distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
To delete DNS service, use the delete dns command.
delete dns name
name | DNS service name. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete DNS service:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # delete dns dns100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
To delete a downloaded firmware image, use the delete download-task command.
delete download-task filename
filename | Firmware image filename. The filename can be a maximum of 64 characters. |
None
Firmware (/firmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a downloaded firmware image and commit the transaction:
server# scope firmware server /firmware # delete download-task firmware-image.bin server /firmware* # commit-buffer server /firmware
Command |
Description |
scope download-task |
|
show download-task |
|
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete an egress policy, use the delete egress-policy command in egress-policy mode.
delete egress-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. |
None
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To delete an Ethernet interface, use the delete eth-if command.
delete eth-if name
name | Ethernet interface name. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete eth-if ethIF10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile sp10 |
|
show vnic |
|
To delete an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the delete eth-mon-session command.
delete eth-mon-session name
name | The name of the Ethernet monitoring session. |
None
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # delete eth-mon-session Default Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
scope eth-mon-session |
|
To delete an Ethernet policy, use the delete eth-policy command.
delete eth-policy name
policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To delete an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface, use the delete eth-target command.
delete eth-target name
name | The name of the Ethernet target endpoint. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for a fabric and an Ethernet target endpoint for the interface must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # delete eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
set macaddress |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
To delete an external static management IP address for the CIMC or for a service profile, use the delete ext-static-ip command.
delete ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete an external static management IP address for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # delete ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc #
Command |
Description |
create ext-static-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
To delete a Fibre Channel monitoring session, use the delete fc-mon-session command.
delete fc-mon-session Name
Name | Name of the monitoring session. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters, and can be alphanumeric. |
None
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the monitoring session cannot include special characters.
A traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # delete fc-mon-session default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric* # commit-buffer Swithc-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric #
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
To delete a Fibre Channel policy, use the delete fc-policy command.
delete fc-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete fc-policy fcp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To delete a folder, use the delete folder command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a folder in data-center mode.
delete folder folder-name
folder-name | The name of the container. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server # delete folder F10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To delete a host firmware package, use the delete fw-host-pack command.
delete fw-host-pack host-pack-name
host-pack-name | Name of the server host firmware package image. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a host firmware package and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete fw-host-pack app1 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create fw-host-pack |
|
enter fw-host-pack |
|
scope fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-host-pack |
|
To delete a management firmware package, use the delete fw-mgmt-pack command.
delete fw-mgmt-pack mgmt-pack-name
mgmt-pack-name | Name of the management firmware package. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a firmware management package and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete fw-mgmt-pack cimc1 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org #
Command |
Description |
create fw-mgmt-pack |
|
enter fw-mgmt-pack |
|
scope fw-mgmt-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To delete an image, use the delete image command.
delete image { name } | { type { adapter | server-bios | bmc | host-hba | host-hba-combined | host-hba-optionrom | host-nic | iom | raid-controller | switch-kernel | switch-software | system | unspecified } | version version } +
name | Image name. |
type | Specifies image type. |
adapter | Specifies an adapter image. |
server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS image. |
bmc | Specifies the BMC image. |
host-hba | Specifies the host HBA image. |
host-hba-combined | Specifie the combined host HBA image. |
host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host optional ROM image. |
host-nic | Specifies the host NIC image. |
iom | Specifies the I/O module image. |
raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller image. |
switch-kernel | Specifies the switch kernel image. |
switch-software | Specifies the switch software image. |
system | Specifies the system image. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified image. |
version | Specifies the version number. |
version | Version number. |
None
Firmware (/firmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an image:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # delete image serverImage10 switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /firmware #
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
To delete an import configuration, use the delete import-config command.
delete import-config name
name | Import configuration name. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an import configuration:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # delete import-config ic10 switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
To delete an initiator, use the delete initiator command.
delete initiator id
id | Initiator identification number. |
None
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an initiator:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnp10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool # delete initiator init10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
To delete an interface, use the delete interface command.
delete interface slot-id port-id
slot-id | Slot identification number. |
port-id | Port identification number. |
None
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an interface:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete interface 1 3 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/fabric #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To delete a fibre channel interface for a fabric, use the delete interface fc command.
delete interface fc slot id port id
slot id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 2 and 5. |
port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 1 and 40. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A fibre channel interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # delete interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
scope interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
To delete a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the delete interface fcoe command.
delete interface fcoe slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. |
port id | The port identification number |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # delete interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
scope interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
To delete an IPMI access profile, use the delete ipmi-access-profile command.
delete ipmi-access-profile name
name | IPMI access profile name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org300 switch-A /org # delete ipmi-access-profile ipmiap100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To delete an IPMI user, use the delete ipmi-user command.
delete ipmi-user name
name | IPMI user name. |
None
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced as delete epuser. |
1.4(1) | This command was renamed as delete ipmi-user. |
This example shows how to delete an IPMI user:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # delete ipmi-user epuser10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To delete a keyring, use the delete keyring command.
delete keyring name
name | Keyring name. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # delete keyring kr10 switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
To delete the LAN, use the delete lan command.
delete lan
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the LAN:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy # delete lan switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
To delete an LDAP group, use the delete ldap-group command.
delete ldap-group Group DN
Group DN | The LDAP group name. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete an LDAP group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # delete ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group |
|
scope ldap-group |
|
To delete an LDAP group rule, use the delete ldap-group-rule command.
delete ldap-group-rule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command in the LDAP server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
This example shows how to delete an LDAP group rule for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Default Switch-A /security/ldap/server # delete ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
To delete the local storage, use the delete local command.
delete local
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the local storage:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # delete local switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage #
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
To delete a locale, use the delete locale command.
delete locale name
name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a locale:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # delete locale dtoEngineering switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show role |
|
To delete the local disk configuration, use the delete local-disk-config command.
delete local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the local disk configuration:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete local-disk-config switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
To delete a configuration policy set in the local disk, use the delete local-disk-config-policy command.
delete local-disk-config-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitivie, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a configuration policy stored in the local disk and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete local-disk-config-policy myPolicy1 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config-policy |
|
enter local-disk-config-policy |
|
scope local-disk-config-policy |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
To delete a local user, use the delete local-user command.
delete local-user name
name | Local user name. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete a user account.
This example shows how to delete a local user:
switch-B# scope security switch-B /security # delete local-user lu1 switch-B /security* # commit-buffer switch-B /security #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To delete a MAC pool, use the delete mac-pool command.
delete mac-pool name
name | MAC pool name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a MAC pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete mac-pool mp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
To delete MAC security, use the delete mac-security command.
delete mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete the MAC security policy.
This example shows how to delete MAC security:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp10 switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile # delete mac-security switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show port-profile |
|
To delete a maintenance policy, use the delete maint-policy command.
delete maint-policy name
name | Name of the maintenance policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete a maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete maint-policy Default Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
To delete a member port, use the delete member-port command.
port channel configurationdelete member-port slot-id port-id
vsan configurationdelete member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
None
Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/switch/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a member port:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vs1 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port a 3 3 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Command |
Description |
show fc-uplink |
|
show port-channel |
|
To delete a member port channel for VSAN, use the delete member-port-channel command.
delete member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
a | Specifies port A. |
b | Specifies port B. |
port channel id | The ID of the member port channel. |
None
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN and a member port channel must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a member port channel for VSAN for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port-channel a 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
To delete memory, use the delete memory command.
delete memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete memory:
switch-A# scope org org99 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete memory switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server-qual |
|
To delete a monitoring source, use the delete mon-src command.
delete mon-src session name
session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
None
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port Channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within Service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A monitoring source session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a monitoring source session for a VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # delete mon-src trial Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
enter mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
To delete an Ethernet interface under a virtual machine port profile, use the delete network command.
delete network port-profile-name
port-profile-name | Port profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
None
VM management VMware profile set port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine port profile and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile mprofile1 server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete network server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile
Command |
Description |
create network |
|
enter network |
|
scope network |
|
show network |
|
To delete a network, use the delete network command in port-profile mode.
delete network network-name
network-name | The name of the network. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port profile |
|
To delete a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server hostname, use the delete ntp-server command.
delete ntp-server host-name
host-name | NTP server hostname. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
None
System services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an NTP server hostname and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope services server /system/services # delete ntp-server myNTPserver server /system/services* # commit-buffer server /system/services
Command |
Description |
create ntp-server |
|
enter ntp-server |
|
scope ntp-server |
|
show ntp-server |
|
To delete a network control policy, use the delete nw-ctrl-policy command.
delete nw-ctrl-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete nw-ctrl-policy netCtrlP10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
create nw-ctrl-policy |
|
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
enter nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
To delete a one-time occurrence instance for a schedule, use the delete occurrence one-time command.
delete occurrence one-time name
name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a one-time occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # delete occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
To delete a recurring occurrence instance of a schedule, use the delete occurrence recurring command.
delete occurrence recurring name
name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule and a recurring occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # delete occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
To delete an organization, use the delete org command.
delete org org-name
org-name | Organization name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 120 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an organization and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete org server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create org |
|
enter org |
|
scope org |
|
show org |
|
To delete an organization reference, use the delete org-ref command.
delete org-ref name
name | Organization reference name. |
None
Locale (/security/locale)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an organization reference:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope locale switch-A /security/locale # delete org-ref marketing switch-A /security/locale* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/locale #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
To delete a firmware host package image, use the delete pack-image command.
delete pack-image hw-vendor-name hw-model { adapter | | board-controller | | host-hba | | host-hba-optionrom | | host-nic | | raid-controller | | server-bios } version-num
hw-vendor-name | Hardware vendor name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
hw-model | Hardware model. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
adapter | Specifies the adapter firmware package. |
board-controller | Specifies the mother board controller firmware package. |
host-hba | Specifies the host HBA. |
host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host HBA option ROM package. |
host-nic | Specifies the host NIC. |
raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller firmware package. |
server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS firmware package. |
version-num | Version number of the firmware being used for the package image. |
None
Host firmware package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Management firmware package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The hw-vendor-name and hw-model values are labels that help you easily identify the package image. You can view the hardware vendor and model by using the show image detail command.
The firmware version must match the model numbers (PID) on the servers that are associated with this firmware pack.
This example shows how to delete a RAID controller firmware package and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp1 server /org/fw-host-pack # delete pack-image Cisco UCS raid-controller 2009.02.09 server /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer server /org/fw-host-pack
Command |
Description |
create pack-image |
|
enter pack-image |
|
scope pack-image |
|
show image detail |
|
show pack-image |
|
To delete the path, use the delete path command.
delete path { primary | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary path. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary path. |
None
SAN image (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the path:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # delete path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
To delete a virtual machine task that is pending deletion, use the delete pending-deletion command.
delete pending-deletion { task-ID | | none }
task-ID | Task ID of the task pending deletion. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. |
none | Specifies that pending tasks should not be deleted. |
None
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a pending task and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgm/vmware # delete pending-deletion 120 server /system/vm-mgm/vmware* # commit-buffer server /system/vm-mgm/vmware
Command |
Description |
create pending-deletion |
|
enter pending-deletion |
|
scope pending-deletion |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
To delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete physical-qual command.
delete physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy.
This example shows how to delete a physical qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete physical-qual switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
To delete the pin group, use the delete pin-group command.
delete pin-group name
name | Pin group name. |
None
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete the pin group:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # delete pin-group pg10 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show port-profile |
|
To delete a policy, use the delete policy command.
callhome modedelete policy { equipment-degraded | equipment-inoperable | fru-problem | identity-unestablishable | thermal-problem | voltage-problem }
flow control modedelete policy name
equipment-degraded | Specifies an equipment degraded policy. |
equipment-inoperable | Specifies an equipment inoperable policy. |
fru-problem | Specifies a field replaceable unit policy. |
identity-unestablishable | Specifies an identity unestablishable policy. |
power-problem | Specifies a power problem policy. |
thermal-problem | Specifies a thermal problem policy. |
voltage-problem | Specifies a voltage problem policy. |
name | Policy name. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # delete policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete a pooling policy, use the delete pooling-policy command.
delete pooling-policy name
name | Pooling policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a pooling policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete pooling-policy pp110 switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
To delete a port channel, use the delete port-channel command.
delete port-channel port-channel-id
port-channel-id | Port channel identification number. It is the ID specified while creating the port channel. |
None
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Fibre Channel mode (/fc-uplink/fabric). |
This example shows how to delete a port channel:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show port-channel |
|
To delete a port profile, use the delete port-profile command in profile-set mode.
delete port-profile profile-name
profile-name | The name of the profile. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Port profiles
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
To delete a power policy, use the delete power-control-policy command.
delete power-control-policy name
name | The name of the power policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a power control policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
To delete a power group, use the delete power-group command.
delete power-group name
name | The name of the power group. |
None
Power capacity management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a power group.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # delete power-group Testing Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
To delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete processor command.
delete processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Use this command to delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy.
Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the delete cpu command. |
This example shows how to delete a processor qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete processor switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
To delete a Cisco Call Home profile, use the delete profile command.
delete profile profile-name
profile-name | Cisco Call Home profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Call Home monitoring (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a Cisco Call Home profile, named myCHprofile, and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # scope callhome server /monitoring/callhome # delete profile myCHprofile server /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer server /monitoring/callhome
Command |
Description |
create profile |
|
enter profile |
|
scope profile |
|
show profile |
|
To delete a QoS policy, use the delete qos-policy command in org mode.
delete qos-policy policy-name
name | The name of the QoS policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete qp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To delete an authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) remote user, use the delete remote-user command.
delete remote-user user-name
user-name | Remote user name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an AAA remote user named RUser1 and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete remote-user RUser1 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Command |
Description |
create remote-user |
|
enter remote-user |
|
scope remote-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To delete a role, use the delete role command.
delete role name
name | Role name. |
None
Security (/security)
Local user (/security/local-user)
LDAP Group (/security/ldap/ldap-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP Group mode (/security/ldap/ldap-group). |
This example shows how to delete a role:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user appsUser switch-A /security/local-user # delete role appsUser switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
To delete a SAN boot image, use the delete san-image command.
delete san-image { primary | | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary SAN boot image. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary SAN boot image. |
None
Storage under boot policy (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Storage under service profile boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a secondary SAN boot image from the boot policy storage area, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy default server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # delete san-image secondary server /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer server /org/boot-policy/storage
Command |
Description |
create san-image |
|
enter san-image |
|
scope san-image |
|
show san-image |
|
To delete a scheduler, use the delete scheduler command.
delete scheduler name
name | The name of the scheduler. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a scheduler.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # delete scheduler Default Switch-A /system* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
To delete a scrub policy, use the delete scrub-policy command.
delete scrub-policy name
name | Scrub policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show qos-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
To delete a server, use the delete server command.
delete server { Rack ID | chassis ID / blade ID }
Rack ID | The identification number of the rack in which the server is present. The value must be an integer between 1 and 255. |
chassis-id / blade-id | The identification numbers of the chassis and the blade of the server. The values must be entered in the n/n format. |
None
Server pool (/org/server-pool)
VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following modes: Server pool (/org/server-pool) RADIUS (/security/radius) TACACS (/security/tacacs) LDAP (/security/ldap) VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt) The options for this command were only chassis -d and blade-id. |
1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
This example shows how to delete a server:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-pool spGroup10 switch-A /org/server-pool # delete server 1/1 switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-pool #
Command |
Description |
delete server (/security) |
|
show server |
|
show server-pool |
|
To delete a server for the security mode, use the delete server command.
delete server Host name or IP address
Host name or IP address | The name of the server, or the IP address. |
None
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
None
This example shows how to delete a server using the server host name:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope radius Switch-A /security/radius # delete server Test Switch-A /security/radius* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/radius #
Command |
Description |
delete server |
|
show server |
|
To delete a server autoconfig policy, use the delete server-autoconfig-policy command.
delete server-autoconfig-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The server autoconfig policy applies only to the organization root.
This example shows how to delete a server autoconfig policy and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete server-autoconfig-policy autopolicy1 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create server-autoconfig-policy |
|
enter server-autoconfig-policy |
|
scope server-autoconfig-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
To delete a server discovery policy, use the delete server-disc-policy command.
delete server-disc-policy name
name | Server discovery policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a server discovery policy:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete server-disc-policy sdp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
To delete a blade server inherit policy, use the delete server-inherit-policy command.
delete server-inherit-policy policy-name
policy-name | Name of server inherit policy. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The blade server inherit policy applies only to the organization root.
This example shows how to delete a server inherit policy named ServPolicy1, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete server-inherit-policy ServPolicy1 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create server-inherit-policy |
|
enter server-inherit-policy |
|
scope server-inherit-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
To delete a server pool, use the delete server-pool command.
delete server-pool name
name | Server pool name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a server pool:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete server-pool serverpool101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
To delete a server qualifier, use the delete server-qual command.
delete server-qual name
name | Server qualifier name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a server qualifier:
switch-A#scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete server-qual sql10 switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
To delete a server reference for an authentication server group, use the delete server-ref command.
delete server-ref name
name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name or the IP address of the server. |
None
Authentication server group within LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group within RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group within TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group and a server reference must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to delete a server reference for an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # delete server-group Test Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
scope server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
To delete a service profile name, use the delete service-profile command.
delete service-profile service-profile-name
service-profile-name | Service profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a service profile named ServiceTest, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete service-profile ServiceTest server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
enter service-profile |
|
scope service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To delete a chassis slot qualification, use the delete slot command.
delete slot min-id max-id
min-id | Minimum slot ID. The range is from 1 to 8. |
max-id | Maximum slot ID. The range is from 1 to 8. |
None
Chassis under server qualification (/org/server-qual/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a chassis slot qualification and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 40 server /org/server-qual/chassis # delete slot 1 4 server /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer server /org/server-qual/chassis
Command |
Description |
create slot |
|
enter slot |
|
scope slot |
|
show slot |
|
To delete a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap host, use the delete snmp-trap command.
delete snmp-trap hostname
hostname | SNMP trap hostname or IP address. The hostname is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
None
SNMP trap host monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an SNMP trap host and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # delete snmp-trap 10.10.10.10 server /monitoring* # commit-buffer server /monitoring
Command |
Description |
create snmp-trap |
|
enter snmp-trap |
|
scope snmp-trap |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To delete a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) user, use the delete snmp-user command.
delete snmp-user name
name | Name of SNMPv3 user. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
None
SNMP monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete an SNMP user and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # delete snmp-user snmpuser1 server /monitoring* # commit-buffer server /monitoring
Command |
Description |
create snmp-user |
|
enter snmp-user |
|
scope snmp-user |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To delete a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the delete sol-config command.
delete sol-config
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a SoL configuration and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # delete sol-config server /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer server /org/service-profile
Command |
Description |
create sol-config |
|
enter sol-config |
|
scope sol-config |
|
show sol-config |
|
To delete a Serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the delete sol-config command.
delete sol-policy policy-name
policy-name | SoL policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a SoL policy named Sol9600, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete sol-policy Sol9600 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create sol-policy |
|
enter sol-policy |
|
scope sol-policy |
|
show sol-policy |
|
To delete a statistics threshold policy, use the delete stats-threshold-policy command.
delete stats-threshold-policy policy-name
policy-name | Statistics threshold policy name. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
You cannot delete a statistics threshold policy for Ethernet server ports, uplink Ethernet ports, or uplink Fibre Channel ports. You can only configure the existing default policy.
This example shows how to delete a statistics threshold policy named stp10, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete stats-threshold-policy stp10 server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope stats-threshold-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To delete storage, use the delete storage command.
delete storage
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete storage:
switch-A# scope org org200 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sQual220 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete storage switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To delete a target, use the delete target command.
delete target { a | b | dual }
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
dual | Specifies both switch A and B. |
None
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a target:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group pGroup10 switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # delete target a switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
To delete a threshold value for a property, use the delete threshold-value command.
delete threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to delete the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # delete threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
To delete a trustpoint, use the delete trustpoint command.
delete trustpoint name
name | Trustpoint name. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a trustpoint:
switch# scope security switch /security # delete trustpoint tp10 switch /security* # commit-buffer switch /security #
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show trustpoint |
|
To delete a user session, use the delete user-sessions command.
delete user-sessions session-id
session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes white spaces. |
None
Security (/security/local-user)
Security (/security/remote-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to delete both local and remote user sessions.
This example shows how to delete a local user session and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # scope local-user Escalation server /security/local-user # delete user-sessions pts_25_1_31264 server /security/local-user* # commit-buffer server /security/local-user
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions |
|
enter user-sessions |
|
scope user-sessions |
|
show user-sessions |
|
show user-sessions |
|
To delete a local user session, use the delete user-sessions local command.
delete user-sessions local user-name session-id
user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes spaces. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a local user session named pts_25_1_31264 for the user Steve, and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete user-sessions local steve pts_25_1_31264 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions local |
|
enter user-sessions local |
|
scope user-sessions local |
|
show user-sessions local |
|
show user-sessions |
|
To delete a local user session, use the delete user-sessions remote command.
delete user-sessions remote user-name session-id
user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes spaces. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a remote user session and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete user-sessions remote admin3 tty_1_28064 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions remote |
|
enter user-sessions remote |
|
scope user-sessions remote |
|
show user-sessions remote |
|
To delete a UUID suffix pool, use the delete uuid-suffix-pool command.
delete uuid-suffix-pool name
name | UUID suffix pool name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete uuid-suffix-pool pool101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
To delete a VCenter, use the delete vcenter command in vmware mode.
delete vcenter vcenter-name
vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete vcenter VC10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
To delete a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the delete vcon command.
delete vcon { 1 | | 2 }
1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vcon vc100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
To delete a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the delete vcon-policy command.
delete vcon-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # delete vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To delete a virtual HBA, use the delete vhba command.
delete vhba name
name | Virtual HBA name. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a virtual HBA:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vhba vHBA10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To delete a virtualized host bus adapter (vHBA) template, use the delete vhba-templ command.
delete vhba-templ template-name
template-name | vHBA template name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a vHBA template and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete vhba-templ VhbaTempFoo server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Command |
Description |
create vhba-templ |
|
enter vhba-templ |
|
scope vhba-templ |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
To delete a virtual media boot for a boot policy or a service profile boot definition, use the delete virtual-media command.
delete virtual-media { read-only | | read-write }
read-only | Specifies a physical CD-ROM disk (read-only) virtual media. |
read-write | Specifies a floppy disk (read-write) virtual media. |
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Service profile boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a read-only virtual media for the default boot policy, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy default server /org/boot-policy # delete virtual-media read-only server /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/boot-policy
Command |
Description |
create virtual-media |
|
enter virtual-media |
|
scope virtual-media |
|
show virtual-media |
|
To delete a VLAN, use the delete vlan command.
delete vlan name
name | VLAN name. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | Added port profile mode. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric). |
This example shows how to delete a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # delete vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To delete a virtual NIC, use the delete vnic command.
delete vnic name
name | Virtual NIC name. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vnic vNIC10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To delete a virtual NIC template, use the delete vnic-templ command.
delete vnic-templ name
name | Virtual NIC template name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To delete a VSAN, use the delete vsan command.
delete vsan name
name | VSAN name. |
None
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a VSAN:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # delete vsan vs110 switch-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show vsan |
|
To delete a WWN pool, use the delete wwn-pool command.
delete wwn-pool name
name | WWN pool name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a WWN pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
To interrupt the diagnostics running on the system, use the diagnostic-interrupt command.
diagnostic-interrupt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to interrupt the diagnostics running on the server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # diagnostic-interrupt Switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
disable locator-led |
|
enable locator-led |
|
To list the contents of a directory, use the dir command in local management command mode.
dir [path]
path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the ls command as an alias for this command.
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# dir volatile:/temp 40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/ Usage for volatile://sup-local 0 bytes used 62914560 bytes free 62914560 bytes total switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To disable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the disable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
disable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
This example shows how to disable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # disable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
To disable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the disable cdp command.
disable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # disable cdp switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show org |
|
To disable CIM XML services, use the disable cimxml command.
disable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
CIM XML services are enabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable cimxml switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
To disable a core export target, use the disable core-export-target command.
disable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to disable a core export target.
This example shows how to disable a core export target:
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # disable core-export-target switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To disable HTTP services, use the disable http command.
disable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
HTTP services are enabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable http switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
To disable HTTPS services, use the disable https command.
disable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
HTTPS services are enabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable https switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show https |
|
show ntp |
|
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
disable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to deactivate a chassis or server locator LED.
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
This example shows how to deactivate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # disable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
enable locator-led |
|
To disable SNMP services, use the disable snmp command.
disable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
SNMP services are enabled.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # disable snmp switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
To disable syslog services, use the disable syslog command.
disable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
console | Disables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
file | Disables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
monitor | Disables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
remote-destination | Disables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
server- n | Specifies one of three remote servers. |
Syslog services are disabled.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to disable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to disable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
This example shows how to disable the sending of syslog messages to a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # disable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
To disable TELNET server services, use the disable telnet-server command.
disable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
TELNET server services are enabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable telnet-server switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
To disassociate servers, use the disassociate command.
disassociate
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to disassociate servers:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # disassociate switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show service-profile |
|
To cancel pending configuration changes, use the discard-buffer command.
discard-buffer
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to cancel and discard all uncommitted configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the discard-buffer command, the commands are discarded and the asterisk disappears.
This example shows how to discard pending configuration changes:
switch-1# scope chassis 1 switch-1 /chassis # enable locator-led switch-1 /chassis* # show configuration pending scope chassis 1 + enable locator-led exit switch-1 /chassis* # discard-buffer switch-1 /chassis #
Command |
Description |
commit-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
To download an image, use the download image command.
download image { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: }
ftp: | Specifies FTP. |
scp: | Specifies SCP. |
sftp: | Specifies SFTP. |
tftp: | Specifies TFTP. |
None
Firmware (/firmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to download an image:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # download image scp://user1@192.168.10.10/images/ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.0.988.gbin switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /firmware #
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
To download a license, use the download license command.
download license licfileuri
licfileuri | The location of the license file. You can use either ftp, scp, sftp or tftp to download the license file. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
You must determine the location of the license file to use this command.
This example shows how to download a license file using FTP.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # download license ftp://www.sampleurl.com password: ********* Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
clear file |
|
To enable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the enable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
This example shows how to enable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # enable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
To enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) for a network control policy, use the enable cdp command.
enable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
When you enable CDP, you can use it to obtain addresses of other devices in your network. You can also use it to discover the platforms of those devices.
This example shows how to enable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # enable cdp switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show snmp |
|
To CIM (Common Information Model) XML services, use the enable cimxml command.
enable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
CIM XML services are disabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to enable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable cimxml switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
To enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation, use the enable cluster command.
enable cluster clusterip
clusterip | Specifies the IP address of the standalone fabric interconnect. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation. After enabling cluster operation, you can add a second fabric interconnect to the cluster.
This example enables a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# enable cluster 192.168.1.101 This command will enable cluster mode on this setup. You cannot change it back to stand-alone. Are you sure you want to continue? (yes/no): yes switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To enable a core export target, use the enable core-export-target command.
enable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Core export target services are disabled.
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enable a core export target:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # enable core-export-target switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show core-export-target |
|
To enable HTTP services, use the enable http command.
enable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
HTTP services are disabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to enable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable http switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
To enable HTTPS services, use the enable https command.
enable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
HTTPS services are disabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to enable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable https switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show https |
|
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
enable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to activate a chassis or server locator LED.
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
This example shows how to activate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # enable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
disable locator-led |
|
To enable SNMP services, use the enable snmp command.
enable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
SNMP services are disabled.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to enable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable snmp switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To enable syslog services, use the enable syslog command.
enable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
console | Enables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
file | Enables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
monitor | Enables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
remote-destination | Enables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
server- n | Specifies one of three remote syslog servers. |
Syslog services are disabled.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to enable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
To send syslog messages to a file or a remote syslog server, you must configure additional parameters using the set syslog file or the set syslog remote-destination command.
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
disable syslog |
|
set syslog file |
|
set syslog remote-destination |
|
show syslog |
|
To enable TELNET server services, use the enable telnet-server command.
enable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
TELNET server services are disabled.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to enable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable telnet-server switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
To return to the highest-level mode of the CLI, use the end command.
end
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to return to the highest-level mode of the CLI from the service-profile mode.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # end Switch-A #
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
To enter the adapter, use the enter adapter command.
enter adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter adapter capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit adapter.
If you are entering an adapter for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
This example shows how to enter the adapter:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
To create, if necessary, or to enter the authentication domain mode, use the enter auth-domain command.
enter auth-domain name
name | The name of the authentication domain. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command is introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the authentication domain mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # enter auth-domain Testing Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
scope auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
show auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the authentication server group, use the enter auth-server-group command.
enter auth-server-group authentication server group
authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the authentication server group for LDAP:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # enter auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
To enter the management plane backup operation, use the enter backup command.
enter backup URL { all-configuration | | full-state | | logical-configuration | | system-configuration } { disabled | | enabled }
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the backup operation:
server# scope system server /system # enter backup scp://user@host35/backups/all-config9.bak all-configuration disabled server /system/backup #
Command |
Description |
create backup |
|
delete backup |
|
scope backup |
|
show backup |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the blade server discovery policy mode, use the enter bladeserver-disc-policy command.
enter bladeserver-disc-policy name
name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A compute blade server discovery policy must be created to use this policy.
This example shows how to enter the blade server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
To enter an UUID address block, a WWN initiator block, or a MAC address block, use the enter block command.
enter block from to
from | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
to | To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
None
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
WWW pool (/org/wwn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an UUID address block:
server# scope org server /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool default server /org/uuid-suffix-pool # enter block 8133-1A84A44B11DE 8133-1A84A44B1241 server /org/uuid-suffix-pool/block #
This example shows how to enter the MAC pool block:
server# scope org server /org # scope mac-pool mp1 server /org/mac-pool # enter block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:34 server /org/mac-pool/block #
This example shows how to enter a WWN pool block:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # enter block 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:631 server /org/wwn-pool/block #
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
delete block |
|
scope block |
|
show block |
|
show mac-pool |
|
To enter a boot definition for the service profile, use the enter boot-definition command.
enter boot-definition
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a boot definition for a service profile named CE-B440-M1-SP:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # enter boot-definition server /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Command |
Description |
create boot-definition |
|
delete boot-definition |
|
scope boot-definition |
|
show boot-definition |
|
To enter a boot policy, use the enter boot-policy command.
enter boot-policy name [ purpose { operational | | utility } *]
name | Policy name. The name can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. |
purpose | (Optional) Specifies the purpose of the policy. |
operational | Specifies an operational policy. |
utility | Specifies a utility policy. |
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a boot policy called utility:
server# scope org server /org/ # enter boot-policy utility server /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
create boot-policy |
|
delete boot-policy |
|
scope boot-policy |
|
show boot-policy |
|
To enter the boot target, use the enter boot-target command.
enter boot-target { primary | | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
None
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter the boot target. You can assign the logical unit number (LUN) and world wide name (WWN) to the primary or secondary boot target. Use the exit command to exit boot-target.
The following example shows how to enter the secondary boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # enter boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Command |
Description |
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
To enter a capacity qualification for a specified adapter type, use the enter cap-qual command.
enter cap-qual { fcoe | | non-virtualized-eth-if | | non-virtualized-fc-if | | path-encap-consolidated | | path-encap-virtual | | protected-eth-if | | protected-fc-if | | protected-fcoe | | virtualized-eth-if | | virtualized-fc-if | | virtualized-scsi-if }
fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
path-encap-consolidated | Specifies path encapsulation consolidated. |
path-encap-virtual | Specifies path encapsulation virtual. |
protected-eth-if | Specifies protected Ethernet interface. |
protected-fc-if | Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface. |
protected-fcoe | Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
virtualized-eth-if | Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface. |
virtualized-fc-if | Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies virtualized SCSI interface. |
None
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the FCoE capacity qualification:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope adapter server /org/server-qual/adapter # enter cap-qual fcoe server /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #
Command |
Description |
create cap-qual |
|
delete cap-qual |
|
scope cap-qual |
|
show cap-qual |
|
To enter a chassis, use the enter chassis command.
enter chassis min-chassis-id max-chassis-id
min-chassis-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
max-chassis-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter slot capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit the chassis.
If you are entering a chassis for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
This example shows how to enter a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter chassis 1 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show chassis |
|
To enter a chassis statistics class, use the enter class chassis-stats command.
enter class chassis-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the chassis statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class chassis-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class chassis-stats |
|
delete class chassis-stats |
|
scope class chassis-stats |
|
show class chassis-stats |
|
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the enter class cpu-env-stats command.
enter class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the enter class dimm-env-stats command.
enter class dimm-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
To enter the environment statistics class, use the enter class env-stats command.
enter class env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class env-stats |
|
delete class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet error statistics class, use the enter class ether-error-stats command.
enter class ether-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet error statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-error-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-error-stats |
|
delete class ether-error-stats |
|
scope class ether-error-stats |
|
show class ether-error-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the enter class ether-loss-stats command.
enter class ether-loss-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet loss statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-loss-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-loss-stats |
|
delete class ether-loss-stats |
|
scope class ether-loss-stats |
|
show class ether-loss-stats |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class that already exists:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter the Ethernet pause statistics class, use the enter class ether-pause-stats command.
enter class ether-pause-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the enter class ether-rx-stats command.
enter class ether-rx-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet recieve statistics class for the Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-rx-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-rx-stats |
|
delete class ether-rx-stats |
|
scope class ether-rx-stats |
|
show class ether-rx-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the enter class ether-tx-stats command.
enter class ether-tx-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet transmission statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-tx-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-tx-stats |
|
delete class ether-tx-stats |
|
scope class ether-tx-stats |
|
show class ether-tx-stats |
|
To enter a fan module statistics class, use the enter class fan-module-stats command.
enter class fan-module-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a fan module statistics class in the Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fan-module-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fan-module-stats |
|
delete class fan-module-stats |
|
scope class fan-module-stats |
|
show class fan-module-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter a fan statistics class, use the enter class fan-stats command.
enter class fan-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a fan statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fan-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fan-stats |
|
delete class fan-stats |
|
scope class fan-stats |
|
show class fan-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the enter class fc-error-stats command.
enter class fc-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel error statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-error-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-error-stats |
|
delete class fc-error-stats |
|
scope class fc-error-stats |
|
show class fc-error-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter a Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the enter class fc-port-stats command.
enter class fc-port-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel port statistics class:
server# scope org TestyOrg server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-port-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-port-stats |
|
delete class fc-port-stats |
|
scope class fc-port-stats |
|
show class fc-port-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the enter class fc-stats command.
enter class fc-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fc-stats |
|
delete class fc-stats |
|
scope class fc-stats |
|
show class fc-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender statistics class, use the enter class fex-env-stats command.
enter class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the fabric extender environment statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-power-summary |
|
enter class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender power summary mode for a class, use the enter class fex-power-summary command.
enter class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fabric extender power summary mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-env-stats |
|
enter class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender power supply unit statistics mode for a class, use the enter class fex-psu-input-stats command.
enter class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fabric extender power supply unit statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-env-stats |
|
enter class fex-power-summary |
|
To enter the IO card statistics class, use the enter class io-card-stats command.
enter class io-card-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
To enter a mother board power statistics class, use the enter class mb-power-stats command.
enter class mb-power-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a mother board power statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class mb-power-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class mb-power-stats |
|
delete class mb-power-stats |
|
scope class mb-power-stats |
|
show class mb-power-stats |
|
show stats history mb-power-stats |
|
show stats mb-power-stats |
|
To enter a temporary mother board statistics class, use the enter class mb-temp-stats command.
enter class mb-temp-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a temporary mother board statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class mb-temp-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class mb-temp-stats |
|
delete class mb-temp-stats |
|
scope class mb-temp-stats |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
show stats history mb-temp-stats |
|
show stats mb-temp-stats |
|
To enter the memory array environment statistics class, use the enter class memory-array-env-stats command.
enter class memory-array-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-statss |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
To enter a power supply input statistics class, use the enter class psu-input-stats command.
enter class psu-input-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a power supply input statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class psu-input-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class psu-input-stats |
|
delete class psu-input-stats |
|
scope class psu-input-stats |
|
show class psu-input-stats |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class, use the enter class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
enter class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy Sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the rack unit power supply unit statistics mode for a class, use the enter class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the rack unit power supply unit statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
To enter a system statistics class, use the enter class system-stats command.
enter class system-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.31. | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the system statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter system-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class system-stats |
|
delete class system-stats |
|
scope class system-stats |
|
show class system-stats |
|
show stats system-stats |
|
To enter a virtual NIC statistics class, use the enter class vnic-stats command.
enter class vnic-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a virtual NIC statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class vnic-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class vnic-stats |
|
delete class vnic-stats |
|
scope class vnic-stats |
|
show class vnic-stats |
|
show stats vnic-stats |
|
show stats vnic-stats |
|
To enter a specific client mode, use the enter client command in port-profile mode.
enter client client-name
client-name | The name of the client. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a specific client mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To enter a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the enter cpu command.
enter cpu
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a CPU qualifier:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # enter cpu server /org/server-qual/cpu #
Command |
Description |
create cpu |
|
delete cpu |
|
scope cpu |
|
show server |
|
To enter a data center, use the enter data command in vcenter mode.
enter data-center datacenter-name
datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To create, if necessary, or to enter the default authentication mode, use the enter default-auth command.
enter default-auth
None
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the default authentication mode for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Testing Switch-A /security/auth-domain # enter default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
To enter default-behavior mode, use the enter default-behavior command.
enter default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
To enter an email address to which Call Home alerts should be sent, use the enter destination command.
enter destination email-addr
email-addr | E-mail address in email address format. The address can be a maximum of 512 alphanumeric characters, and cannot contain white spaces. Example, personname@companyname.com. |
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an email destination:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # scope callhome server /monitoring/callhome # scope profile full_txt server /monitoring/callhome/profile # enter destination home@test.com server /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination #
Command |
Description |
create destination |
|
delete destination |
|
scope destination |
|
show destination |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the destination interface of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the enter dest-interface command.
enter dest-interface slotid portid
slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. |
portid | The port ID of the destination interface. |
None
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the destination interface of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session
To enter the destination interface of an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, replace fc-traffic-mon with eth-traffic-mon , and fc-mon-session with eth-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # scope fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session # enter dest-interface 1 1 Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
delete dest-interface |
|
To enter a distributed virtual switch, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
The following example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp100 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To enter an egress policy (for both vNICs and vHBAs) to be used by a QoS policy, use the enter egress-policy command.
enter egress-policy
None
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an egress policy for vNIC traffic:
server# scope org server /org # scope qos-policy VnicPolicy34 server /org/qos-policy # enter egress-policy server /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Command |
Description |
create egress-policy |
|
delete egress-policy |
|
scope egress-policy |
|
show egress-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet interface, use the enter eth-if command.
enter eth-if intf-name
intf-name | Interface name. The name can be 32 characters. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet interface in virtual NIC:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic-emulex-a server /org/service-profile/vnic # enter eth-if vlan150 server /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Command |
Description |
create eth-if |
|
delete eth-if |
|
scope eth-if |
|
show eth-if |
|
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
To enter an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the enter eth-mon-session command.
enter eth-mon-session name
name | The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. |
None
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # enter eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
To enter eth-policy mode, use the enter eth-policy command.
enter eth-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 |
This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric interface, use the enter eth-target command.
enter eth-target name
name | The name of the Ethernet target endpoint of the fabric interface. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for that interface must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # enter eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
scope eth-target |
|
set macaddress |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the external static management IP address mode, use the enter ext-static-ip command.
enter ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the external static management IP address mode for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # enter ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set default-gw |
|
set subnet |
|
create ext-static-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel trafffic monitoring session, use the enter fc-mon-session command.
enter fc-mon-session name
name | The name of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # enter fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
To enter fc-policy mode, use the enter fc-policy command.
enter fc-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To enter a folder, use the enter folder command in vcenter mode.
enter folder folder-name
folder-name | The name of the folder. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To enter a host firmware package, use the enter fw-host-pack command.
enter fw-host-pack host-pack-name
host-pack-name | Name of the server host firmware package image. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a host firrmware package:
server# scope org server /org # enter fw-host-pack app1 server /org/fw-host-pack #
Command |
Description |
create fw-host-pack |
|
delete fw-host-pack |
|
scope fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-host-pack |
|
To enter a management firmware package, use the enter fw-mgmt-pack command.
enter fw-mgmt-pack mgmt-pack-name
mgmt-pack-name | Name of the management firmware package. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to delete a management firmware package:
server# scope org server /org # enter fw-mgmt-pack cimc1 server /org/fw-mgmt-pack #
Command |
Description |
create fw-mgmt-pack |
|
delete fw-mgmt-pack |
|
scope fw-mgmt-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To enter an import configuration, use the enter import-config command.
enter import-config URL { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an import configuration:
server# scope system server /system # enter import-config scp://user@host35/backups/all-config9.bak disabled replace server /system/import-config #
Command |
Description |
create import-config |
|
delete import-config |
|
scope import-config |
|
show import-config |
|
To enter the organization WWN pool initiator mode, use the enter initiator command.
enter initiator ID
ID | Initiator ID in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn. |
None
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an initiator named 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 for the default WWN pool:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # enter initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Command |
Description |
create initiator |
|
delete initiator |
|
scope initiator |
|
show initiator |
|
To enter an interface for the specified Ethernet server port, use the enter interface command.
enter interface slot-id port-id
slot-id | Ethernet interface slot number. The range is from 1 to 5 for a fabric interconnect under Ethernet server and under Ethernet uplink, 2 to 5 for a fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink. |
port-id | Ethernet interface port number. The range is from 1 to 40. |
None
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an interface for Ethernet server port 14 on slot 3 of fabric B:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope fabric b server /eth-server/fabric # enter interface 1 2 server /eth-server/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
delete interface |
|
scope interface |
|
show interface |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the fibre channel interface of the fabric, use the enter interface fc command.
enter interface fc slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A fibre channel interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # enter interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
scope interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the enter interface fcoe command.
enter interface fcoe slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. |
port id | The port identification number. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # enter interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
scope interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
To enter an Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPIMI) access profile, use the enter ipmi-access-profile command.
enter ipmi-access-profile profile-name
profile-name | IPMI access profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an IPMI access profile named ipmiProf1:
server# scope org server /org # enter ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1 server /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete ipmi-access-profile |
|
scope ipmi-access-profile |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To enter an end-point user for IPMI access, use the enter ipmi-user command.
enter ipmi-user name
name | End-point IPMI user name. The name is case insensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. The name can also contain a hyphen (-) or underscore (_) character, but cannot contain white spaces. |
None
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced as enter epuser. |
1.4(1) | This command was renamed as enter ipmi-user. |
None
This example shows how to enter an IPMI user:
server# scope org server /org # scope ipmi-access-profile IPMI-1 server /org/ipmi-access-profile # enter ipmi-user user1 server /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
delete ipmi-user |
|
scope ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-user |
|
set descr |
|
set password |
|
set privilege |
|
To enter an RSA keyring, use the enter keyring command.
enter keyring name
name | Keyring name. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a keyring named 210:
server# scope security server /security # enter keyring kr210 server /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
create keyring |
|
delete keyring |
|
scope keyring |
|
show keyring |
|
To enter a LAN boot configuration, use the enter lan command.
enter lan
None
Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a LAN boot configuration for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy bp6 server /org/boot-policy # enter lan server /org/boot-policy/lan #
Command |
Description |
create lan |
|
delete lan |
|
scope lan |
|
show lan |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the LDAP group mode, use the enter ldap-group command.
enter ldap-group Group DN
Group DN | The name of the LDAP group. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # enter ldap-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
create ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the LDAP group-rule mode, use the enter ldap-group-rule command.
enter ldap-group-rule
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group rule mode for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server # enter ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
To enter a local storage, use the enter local command.
enter local
None
Storage under boot policy (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Storage under boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a local storage configuration for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy bp6 server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # enter local server /org/boot-policy/storage #
Command |
Description |
create local |
|
delete local |
|
scope local |
|
show local |
|
To enter a local disk configuration for a service profile, use the enter local-disk-config command.
enter local-disk-config
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a local disk configuration for a service profile:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # enter local-disk-config server /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config |
|
delete local-disk-config |
|
scope local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config |
|
To enter a local disk configuration policy, use the enter local-disk-config-policy command.
enter local-disk-config-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a local disk configuration policy named ldcp1:
server# scope org server /org # enter local-disk-config-policy ldcp1 server /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config-policy |
|
delete local-disk-config-policy |
|
scope local-disk-config-policy |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
To enter a locale, use the enter locale command.
enter locale locale-name
locale-name | Locale name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the western locale:
server# scope security server /security # enter locale western server /security/locale #
Command |
Description |
create locale |
|
delete locale |
|
scope locale |
|
show locale |
|
To enter an user account for a specified local user, use the enter local-user command.
enter local-user user-name
user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a local user named Escalation:
server# scope security server /security # enter local-user Escalation server /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
create local-user |
|
delete local-user |
|
scope local-user |
|
show local-user |
|
To enter a MAC pool, use the enter mac-pool command.
enter mac-pool name
name | MAC pool name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a MAC pool named mpool37:
server# scope org server /org # enter mac-pool mpool37 server /org/mac-pool #
Command |
Description |
create mac-pool |
|
delete mac-pool |
|
scope mac-pool |
|
show mac-pool |
|
To enter a MAC security, use the enter mac-security command.
enter mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Organization network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a MAC security mode for a network control policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy ncp5 server /org/nw-ctrl-policy # enter mac-security server /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Command |
Description |
create mac-security |
|
delete mac-security |
|
scope mac-security |
|
show mac-security |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the maintenance policy mode, use the enter maint-policy command.
enter maint-policy name
name | Name of the maintenance policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A maintenance policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter maint-policy Default Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
To enter a member port, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port { a | | b } slot-id port-id
a | Specifies fabric a.
|
||
b | Specifies fabric b.
|
||
slot-id | Slot number. The range is from 1 to 5. |
||
port-id | Port number. The range is from 1 to 256 for VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink and VSAN under fabric interconnect. |
None
VLAN under Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a Fabric under Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric interconnect (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a member port on slot 1, port 2 for the VLAN.
server# scope eth-storage server /eth-storage # scope vlan sample server /eth-storage/vlan # enter member-port a 1 2 server /eth-storage/vlan/member-port #
This example shows how to enter a member port on slot 1, port 2 for the VSAN named 300 under the fabric named a:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope fabric a server /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan 300 server /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # enter member-port a 1 2 server /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port #
Command |
Description |
enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan) |
|
enter member-port (/port-channel) |
|
create member-port |
|
delete member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
show member-port |
|
To enter the member port mode for a VSAN for a fibre channel storage device, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port { fc | fcoe } { a | b } slot-id port-id
fc | Use this option to enter the member-port mode for a Fibre Channel. |
fcoe | Use this option to enter the member-port mode for a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface. |
a | Specifies fabric A. |
b | Specifies fabric B. |
slot \-id | Specifies the slot ID. The value must be an integer between 1 and 5. |
port-id | Specifies port ID. The value must be an integer between 1 and 256. |
None
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The VSAN and a member-port for the VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the member port mode for a fibre channel within the VSAN of a fibre channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope vsan v300 Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan # enter member-port fc a 1 233 Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Command |
Description |
enter member-port |
|
enter member-port (/port-channel) |
|
show member-port |
|
To enter the member-port mode using only the slot and port ID, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port slot-id port-id
slot ID | The ID of the slot. The value must be an integer between 1 and 5. |
port ID | The ID of the port. The value must be an integer between 1 and 40. |
None
Port channel within a fabric under Ethernet uplink (eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within a fabric under Fibre Channel uplink (fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The member port must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the member port for a port channel in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 2 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel # enter member-port 1 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port #
Command |
Description |
enter member-port |
|
enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan) |
|
show member-port |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the member port channel mode for a VSAN, use the enter member-port-channel command.
enter member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
a | Specifies port A. |
b | Specifies port B. |
port channel id | The ID of the port channel of the switch. |
None
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN and a member port channel must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the member port channel mode for a VSAN in a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # enter member-port-channel a 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port-channel #
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
To enter memory, use the enter memory command.
enter memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter memory and set memory property values. Use the exit command to exit memory.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
This example shows how to enter memory:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show memory |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the monitor source session, use the enter mon-src command.
enter mon-src session name
session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
None
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the monitor source session for a VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # enter mon-src testing Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
To enter an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine NIC port profile, use the enter network command.
enter network port-profile-name
port-profile-name | Port profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
None
VM management VMware profile set port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine port profile:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile mprofile1 server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter network server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile
Command |
Description |
create network |
|
delete network |
|
scope network |
|
show network |
|
To enter a network control policy, use the enter nw-ctrl-policy command.
enter nw-ctrl-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
A network control policy must be created to use this command.
When you enter a network control policy, you can perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # enter nw-ctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
create nw-ctrl-policy |
|
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
delete nw-ctrl-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule, use the enter occurrence one-time command.
enter occurrence one-time name
name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance for a schedule. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule and a one-time occurrence instance must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the one-time occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # enter occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence one-time |
|
create occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the recurring occurrence instance for a schedule, use the enter occurrence recurring command.
enter occurrence recurring name
name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance for the schedule. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule policy and a recurring occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # enter occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
To enter an organization, use the enter org command.
enter org org-name
org-name | Organization name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 120 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter an organization:
server# scope org server /org # enter org /TestyOrg server /org
Command |
Description |
create org |
|
delete org |
|
scope org |
|
show org |
|
To enter a firmware package image, use the enter pack-image command.
enter pack-image hw-vendor-name hw-model { adapter | | board-controller | | host-hba | | host-hba-optionrom | | host-nic | | raid-controller | | server-bios } version-num
hw-vendor-name | Hardware vendor name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
hw-model | Hardware model. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
adapter | Specifies the adapter firmware package. |
board-controller | Specifies the mother board controller firmware package. |
host-hba | Specifies the host HBA. |
host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host HBA option ROM package. |
host-nic | Specifies the host NIC. |
raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller firmware package. |
server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS firmware package. |
version-num | Version number of the firmware being used for the package image. |
None
Host firmware package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Management firmware package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The hw-vendor-name and hw-model values are labels that help you easily identify the package image. You can view the hardware vendor and model by using the show image detail command.
The firmware version must match the model numbers (PID) on the servers that are associated with this firmware pack.
This example shows how to enter a RAID controller firmware package:
server# scope org server /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp1 server /org/fw-host-pack # enter pack-image Cisco UCS raid-controller 2009.02.09 server /org/fw-host-pack/pack-image #
Command |
Description |
create pack-image |
|
delete pack-image |
|
scope pack-image |
|
show image detail |
|
show pack-image |
|
To enter a primary or secondary SAN or LAN boot image path, use the enter path command.
enter path { primary | | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary image path. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary image path. |
None
SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)
LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)
LAN under boot-definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/lan)
SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter a secondary SAN image path for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy boot-policy-LAN server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary server /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # enter path secondary server /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #
Command |
Description |
create path |
|
delete path |
|
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show path |
|
To enter an Ethernet (LAN) or Fibre Channel pin group, use the enter pin-group command.
enter pin-group pin-group-name
pin-group-name | Pin group name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter an Ethernet pin group named pingroup54:
server# scope eth-uplink server /eth-uplink # enter pin-group pingroup54 server /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Command |
Description |
create pin-group |
|
delete pin-group |
|
scope pin-group |
|
show pin-group |
|
To create, if necessary, and enter a policy, use the enter policy command.
callhome modeenter policy event
flow-control modeenter policy name
event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 16 characters. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
Use this command to enter a policy in either organization callhome or organization flow control mode. If the policy does not exist, it will first be created.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to enter an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to enter a named policy.
This example shows how to enter and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to enter a named policy for flow control:
switch-A # scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # enter policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter a server pooling policy, use the enter pooling-policy command.
enter pooling-policy policy-name
policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter a server pooling policy named ServPoolPolicy1:
server# scope org server /org # enter pooling-policy ServPoolPolicy1 server /org/pooling-policy #
Command |
Description |
create pooling-policy |
|
delete pooling-policy |
|
scope pooling-policy |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
To enter a port channel, use the enter port-channel command.
enter port-channel Iport-channel-D
port-channel-ID | Port channel number. The range is from 1 to 256. |
None
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced in the Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric). |
This example shows how to enter port channel 20 in the fabric named a:
server# scope eth-uplink server /eth-uplink # scope fabric a server /eth-uplink/fabric # enter port-channel 20 server /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Command |
Description |
create port-channel |
|
delete port-channel |
|
scope port-channel |
|
show port-channel |
|
To enter a port profile, use the enter port-profile command in profile-set mode.
enter port-profile profile-name
profile-name | The name of the profile. |
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Port profiles
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # create port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set #
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the power policy mode, use the enter power-control-policy command.
enter power-control-policy name
name | The name of the power control policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the power control policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
set priority |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the power group mode, use the enter power-group command.
enter power-group name
name | The name of the power group. |
None
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the power group mode.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # enter power-group Sample Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
create chassis |
|
To enter the processor, use the enter processor command.
enter processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter the processor and set processor property values. Use the exit command to exit the processor.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
This example shows how to enter the processor:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To enter qos-policy mode, use the enter qos-policy command.
enter qos-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
None
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the scheduler mode, use the enter scheduler command.
enter scheduler name
name | The name of the scheduler. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the scheduler mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # enter scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler #
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
create maint-window |
|
To enter the RADIUS server, use the enter server command.
enter server name
name | The name of the server. |
None
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 |
This command was introduced. |
The RADIUS server must be created to use this command.
The following example shows how to enter the RADIUS server mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope radius Switch-A /security/radius # enter server example Switch-A /security/radius/server #
Command |
Description |
set authport |
|
set key |
|
set order |
|
set retries |
|
set timeout |
|
To create, if necessary, and to enter the server reference mode, use the enter server-ref command.
enter server-ref name
name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name of the server or the IP address. |
None
Authentication server group under LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group must be created, and a server reference must be added to the authentication server group to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # enter server-ref sample_server Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
scope server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
To enter storage, use the enter storage command.
enter storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter storage and set storage property values. Use the exit command to exit storage.
If you are entering storage for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
The following example shows how to enter storage:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show storage |
|
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # enter threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
To enter a VCenter, use the enter vcenter command in vmware mode.
enter vcenter vcenter-name
vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vcenter mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # enter vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To enter a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the enter vcon command.
enter vcon { 1 | | 2 }
1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter vcon 1 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the enter vcon-policy command.
enter vcon-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name id
name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within the Ethernet Storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a Fabric within the Ethernet Storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). In addition, the following changes were introduced: |
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
This example shows how to enter a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # enter vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Command |
Description |
enter vlan (port-profile) |
|
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name
name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The maximum number of characters for the VLAN name has been modified from 16 to 32. |
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
This example shows how to enter a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Command |
Description |
enter vlan |
|
show port-profile |
|
To create a VSAN, if necessary, and enter the VSAN configuration mode, use the enter vsan command.
enter vsan name id fcoe-vlan
name | The name of the VLAN. |
Id | The VSAN identification number.It must be a value between 1 and 4093. |
fcoe-vlan id | The Fibre Channel over Ethernet VLAN ID. |
None
Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink) Switch within a Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/switch) |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric). In addition, the switch mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode has been obsoleted. |
While using this command for a fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage command mode, you need to specify only the name of the VSAN.
This example shows how to enter the VSAN mode in the Fibre Channel Uplink command mode:
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # enter vsan VSAN1 1 33 Switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
scope vsan |
|
delete vsan |
|
To erase the UCS configuration, use the erase configuration command.
erase configuration
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to erase the UCS configuration.
This example shows how to erase the UCS configuration:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase configuration All UCS configurations will be erased and system will reboot. Are you sure? (yes/no): no switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To erase the UCS management logging configuration file, use the erase-log-config command.
erase-log-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to erase the UCS management logging configuration file.
This example shows how to erase the UCS management logging configuration file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase-log-config switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To install a license file, use the install file command.
install file name
name | The name of the license file. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An install file must be created and available to use this command.
This example shows how to install a license file.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # install file sample-file Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
scope license |
|
clear file |
|
To install a license, use the install-license command in local management command mode.
install-license license-file-name
license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to install a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command has been deprecated. Use the install file command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to install a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# install-license bootflash:FibreChannel.lic switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
To list the contents of a directory, use the ls command in local management command mode.
ls [path]
path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ls volatile:/temp 40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/ Usage for volatile://sup-local 0 bytes used 62914560 bytes free 62914560 bytes total switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To create a directory, use the mkdir command in local management command mode.
mkdir path
path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the new directory. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
This example shows how to create a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# mkdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To move a file from one directory to another, use the move command in local management command mode.
move [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be moved. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
from-path | Absolute or relative path of the file to be moved. |
filename | The name of the source file to be moved. |
to-filesystem: | File system to contain the moved file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
to-path | Absolute or relative path to the moved file. |
dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the moved file. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command in local management command mode to copy a file to a new location and to delete the file in its original location.
If a dest-filename is specified, the moved file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile: [ /path ]
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot move a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the mv command as an alias for this command.
This example shows how to move a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To diagnose basic network connectivity, use the ping command in local management command mode.
ping { host-ip-address | host-name } [ count count ] [ packet-size packet-size ] [ interval interval ] [ timeout timeout ]
host-ip-address | IP address of the target host. |
host-name | Name of the target host. The name may include up to 512 characters. |
count count | Specifies the number of ping packets that will be sent. The range is 1 to 2147483647 packets. |
packet-size packet-size | Specifies the number of data bytes to be added to the ping packet. The range is 1 to 65468 bytes; the default is 56 bytes, resulting in a 64 byte packet when added to the 8 byte ICMP header. |
interval interval | Specifies the time in seconds between sending ping packets. The range is 1 to 60 seconds; the default is 1 second. |
timeout timeout | Specifies the maximum time to continue sending packets when no response packets are received. The range is 1 to 60 seconds. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to send ICMP echo request packets to a host.
The ping command is on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to send four ping packets of size 100 bytes at an interval of 10 seconds:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ping 192.0.20.12 count 4 packet-size 100 interval 10 PING 192.0.20.12 (192.0.20.12) 100(128) bytes of data. 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.61 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.50 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.58 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.44 ms --- 192.0.20.12 ping statistics --- 4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 30000ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.44/0.53/0.61/0.08 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To power up or down, use the power command.
power { up | down }
up | Specifies power up. |
down | Specifies power down. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to power up:
switch-A# scope org org10a switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10a switch-A /org/service-profile # power down
To initiate a soft power shut down followed by a hard shut down for physical managed objects, use the power down soft-followed-by-hard command.
power down soft-followed-by-hard
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile for an organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to initiate a soft power shut down followed by a hard shut down.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Testing Switch-A /org/service-profile # power down soft-followed-by-hard Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
power |
|
power down soft-shut-down |
|
To initiate a soft power shut down, use the power down soft-shut-down command.
power down soft-shut-down
This command has no arguments of keywords.
None
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile for an organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to initiate a soft shut down for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Testing Switch-A /org/service-profile # power down soft-shut-down Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
power |
|
power down soft-followed-by-hard |
|
To view the current working directory, use the pwd command in local management command mode.
pwd
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to view the current working directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to view the current working directory:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd temp switch-A(local-mgmt)# pwd workspace:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To reboot, use the reboot command.
reboot
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to reboot:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # reboot
To recommission a chassis, use the recommission chassis command.
recommission chassis vendor model serial-num optional-chassis-number
vendor | Vendor. |
model | Model. |
serial-num | Serial number. |
optional-chassis-number | The number of the chassis. Use this option only if you want to renumber the chassis. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | In this release, the option optional-chassis-number was introduced that allows you to provide a new chassis number. If a new number is not provided, then the old chassis number is used. |
This example shows how to recommission a chassis and renumber it:
switch-A# recommission chassis "Cisco Systems Inc" "Cisco UCS 5108" FOX1252GNNN 6 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
To recommission a Fabric extender module, use the recommission fex command.
recommission fex vendor model serial-num
vendor | The vendor from whom the Fabric extender module has been purchased from. |
model | The model number of the Fabric extender module. |
serial-num | The serial number of the Fabric extender module. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to recommission a Fabric extender module.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # recommission Cisco server AGD113921ZR Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
remove fex |
|
decommission fex |
|
To recommission a server, use the recommission server command.
recommission server vendor model serial-num
vendor | The name of the company that you purchased the server from. |
model | The model number of the server. |
serial-num | The serial number of the server. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to recommission a server.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # recommission server Cisco 200 ABCD12345 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
decommission server |
|
To recover a corrupt BIOS, use the recover-bios command.
recover-bios version [ignorecompcheck]
version | Specifies the BIOS version. Enter up to 512 characters with no spaces. |
||
ignorecompcheck | Specifies that the compatibility check will not be performed.
|
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to recover a corrupt BIOS image. This procedure is not part of the normal maintenance of a server. After you recover the BIOS, the server boots with the running version of the firmware for that server.
Note |
Remove all attached or mapped USB storage from a server before you attempt to recover the corrupt BIOS on that server. If an external USB drive is attached or mapped from vMedia to the server, BIOS recovery fails. |
This example shows how to recover a corrupt BIOS image:
switch-A# scope server 1/2 switch-A /chassis/server # recover-bios S5500.86B.01.00.0036-191.061320091126 switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show bios |
|
To remove specific alert groups from a Call Home profile, use the remove alertgroups command.
remove alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
license | Specifies the license alert group. |
lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
system | Specifies the system alert group. |
test | Specifies the test alert group. |
None
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to remove specific predefined Call Home alert groups from an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
This example shows how to remove diagnostic and license alert groups from an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # remove alertgroups diagnostic license switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
To remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the remove backup action command.
remove backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
none | Specifies no action. |
on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Other previously configured actions are retained.
This example shows how to remove the action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # remove backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
To remove a Fabric extender module from the system, use the remove fex command.
remove fex id
id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to delete a Fabric extender module from the system.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # remove fex 2 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
decommission fex |
|
To remove privileges, use the remove privilege command.
remove privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
None
Role (/security/role)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to remove privileges:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope role serverAdmin switch-A /security/role # remove privilege server-policy switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
To remove a server, use the remove server command.
remove server { ID | chassis -d / blade-id }
ID | Slot number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
chassis-id / blade-id | The identification numbers of the chassis and the blade for the server. It must entered in the n/n format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced with only the slot option. |
1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
When using this command in Chassis command mode, you need to specify only the identification number of the slot.
This example shows how to remove a server:
switch-A# remove server 1/1 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
To reset a managed object, use the reset command.
mgmt-logging, bmc, iom modereset
server, service profile modereset { hard-reset-immediate | | hard-reset-wait }
hard-reset-immediate | Specifies that the server be hard reset immediately. |
hard-reset-wait | Specifies that a hard reset be scheduled after all pending management operations have completed. |
None
Logcontrol (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
BMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
IO module (/chassis/iom)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to reset an I/O module A in iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom a switch-A /chassis/iom # reset switch-A /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/iom #
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show server |
|
To reset persistent binding, use the reset pers-bind command.
reset pers-bind
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to reset persistent binding of fibre channel targets.
This example shows how to reset persistent binding:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # reset pers-bind switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To reset the CMOS, use the reset-cmos command.
reset-cmos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to reset CMOS:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1 switch-A /chassis/server # reset cmos switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show firmware |
|
To restart a firmware download task, use the restart command.
restart
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to restart a firmware download task.
This example shows how to restart a firmware download task:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # restart switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
To remove a directory, use the rmdir command in local management command mode.
rmdir path
path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the directory to be removed. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to remove a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
This example shows how to remove a directory named temp from the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# rmdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To run a script, use the run-script command in local management command mode.
run-script script-name
script-name | The path and file name of the script file to be executed. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to run a shell script in the local management command mode. The script file must exist in the workspace: file system.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to run a shell script:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# run-script workspace:///sup-1/scripts/testScript.sh switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To save the management logging files, use the save command.
save
None
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to save the management logging files.
This example shows how to save the management logging files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # save switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
To enter adapter mode, use the scope adapter command.
scope adapter { rack-server/id | chassis/server/id }
rack-server/id | Adapter location specified using the rack-server and adapter ID. The value must be entered in the n/n format. |
chassis/server/id | Adapter location specified using the chassis, server and adapter ID. The value must be entered in the n/n/n format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced with the chassis/server/id option |
1.4(1) | The option rack-server/id was introduced for this command. |
This example shows how to enter adapter mode:
Switch-A # scope org Testing Switch-A /org # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show iom |
|
To enter the authentication domain mode, use the scope auth-domain command.
scope auth-domain name
name | The name of the authentication domain. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the authentication domain can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
To enter the authentication server group mode, use the scope auth-server-group command.
scope auth-server-group authentication server group
authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. This name can include a maximum of 127 characters. |
None
LDAP (security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the authentication server group for LDAP:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
To enter backup mode, use the scope backup command.
scope backup name
name | Host name. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter backup mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope backup backUpFDrive switch-A /system #* commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
To enter the BIOS settings mode, use the scope bios-settings command.
scope bios-settings
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
BIOS (/server/bios)
Platform (/system/server-defaults/platform)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the BIOS settings mode for a server:
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope bios Switch-A /chassis/server/bios # scope bios-settings Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings #
Command |
Description |
show bios-settings |
|
To enter the BIOS mode for a server, use the scope bios command.
scope bios
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the BIOS mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /server # scope bios Switch-A /server/bios #
Command |
Description |
scope bios-settings |
|
show bios-settings |
|
To enter the blade server discovery policy mode, use the scope bladeserver-disc-policy command.
scope bladeserver-disc-policy name
name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A blade server discovery policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the blade server discovery policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
To enter block mode, use the scope block command.
scope block from to
from | From value. |
to | To value. |
None
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter block mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ip-pool ipp10 switch-A /org/ip-pool # scope block 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.235 switch-A /org/ip-pool #
Command |
Description |
show ip-pool |
|
show mac-pool |
|
To enter BMC mode, use the scope bmc command.
scope bmc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the scope cimc command instead. |
This example shows how to enter BMC mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope bmc switch-A /chassis/server/bmc #
Command |
Description |
show bmc |
|
To enter board controller mode, use the scope boardcontroller command.
scope boardcontroller
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Only certain servers, such as the Cisco UCS B440 High Performance blade server and the Cisco UCS B230 blade server, have board controller firmware. The board controller firmware controls many of the server functions, including eUSBs, LEDs, and I/O connectors.
This example shows how to enter board controller mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope boardcontroller switch-A /chassis/server/boardcontroller #
Command |
Description |
show boardcontroller |
|
To enter boot definition mode, use the scope boot-definition command.
scope boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter boot definition mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3a switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
To enter boot-policy mode, use the scope boot-policy command.
scope boot-policy name
name | Boot policy name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter boot-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To enter the boot target mode, use the scope boot-target command.
scope boot-target { primary | | secondary }
primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
None
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter the boot target. You can configure the logical unit number (LUN) and world wide name (WWN) for the primary or secondary boot target. Use the exit command to exit boot-target.
The following example shows how to enter the secondary boot target mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # scope boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Command |
Description |
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
To view the callhome details, use the scope callhome command.
scope callhome
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to view the callhome policy details.
This example shows how to use this command to view the callhome details:
switch-A # scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
scope inventory |
|
scope policy |
|
To enter capability mode, use the scope capability command.
scope capability
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter capability mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope capability switch-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show version |
|
To enter capacity qualification mode, use the scope cap-qual command.
scope cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
path-encap-consolidated | Specifies a consolidated encapsulated path. |
path-encap-virtual | Specifies a virtual encapsulated path. |
protected-eth-if | Specifies a protected Ethernet interface. |
protected-fc-if | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel interface. |
protected-fcoe | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface. |
virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a virtualized Ethernet interface. |
virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies a virtualized SCSI interface. |
None
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter capacity qualification mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
To enter the capability catalog file updater mode, use the scope cat-updater command.
scope cat-updater filename
filename | Enter the name of the capability catalog update file used in the previous update operation. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter the capability catalog file updater mode for a previous update operation. In the cat-updater mode, you can change parameters of the operation, such as remote server location, login information, and protocol.
The following example shows how to change a parameter from a failed previous capability catalog update and restart the update:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater Catalog Updater: File Name Protocol Server Userid Status --------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------ ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed UCS-A /system/capability # scope cat-updater ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # set server 192.0.2.112 UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # restart UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater #
Command |
Description |
show cat-updater |
|
To enter cert-store mode, use the scope cert-store command.
scope cert-store
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Certificate store (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use cert-store mode to create, enter, delete, and show certificates.
This example shows how to enter cert-store mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope cert-store switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store #
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To enter chassis mode, use the scope chassis command.
scope chassis chassis-id
id | Chassis identification number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
To enter the chassis mode for a system, use the scope chassis command.
scope chassis vendor model hw-rev
vendor | The name of the vendor of the chassis. |
model | The model number of the chassis. The value can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
hw-rev | The hardware revision number. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the chassis mode for a system:
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope chassis Cisco Systems Inc N20-C6508 1 Switch-A /system/capability/chassis #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
To enter chassis discovery policy mode, use the scope chassis-disc-policy command.
scope chassis-disc-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter chassis discovery policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope chassis-disc-policy switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show org |
|
To enter CIMC mode, use the scope cimc command.
scope cimc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter CIMC mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc switch-A /chassis/server/cimc #
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show raid-controller |
|
To enter the chassis statistics of a class, use the scope class chassis-stats command.
scope class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the chassis statistics of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class chassis-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class chassis-stats |
|
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the scope class cpu-stats command.
scope class cpu-env-stats
None
/org/stats-threshold-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics mode, use the scope class dimm-env-stats command.
scope class dimm-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the DIMM environment statistics mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet error statistics class, use the scope class ether-error-stats command.
scope ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
There must be an available statistics threshold policy to view the Ethernet error statistics for the class.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet error statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-error-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-loss-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-port-stats |
|
To enter the Ethernet loss statistics of a class, use the scope class ether-loss-stats command.
scope class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arugments or keywords
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet loss statistics for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-srver/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-loss-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-error-stats |
|
scope class ether-port-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter the Ethernet pause statistics class mode, use the scope class ether-pause-stats command.
scope class ether-pause-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the Ethernet pause statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
To enter an Ethernet Rx statistics class, use the scope class ether-rx-stats command.
scope class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet Rx statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-rx-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class ether-rx-stats |
|
To enter the Ethernet tx statistics mode for a class, use the scope class ether-tx-stats command.
scope class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernert tx statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-tx-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-rx-stats |
|
show class ether-tx-stats |
|
To enter the fan module statistics mode for a class, use the scope class fan-module-stats command.
scope class fan-module-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the fan module statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/ # scope class fan-module-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class fan-module-stats |
|
To enter the fan statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fan-stats command.
scope class fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the fan statistics mode of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class fan-stats |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel error statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fc-error-stats command.
scope class fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel error statistics mode of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-error-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class fc-error-stats |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fc-stats command.
scope class fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-stats Switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class fc-stats |
|
To enter the Fex environment statistics mode for a class, use the scope class fex-env-stats command.
scope class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
An Fex environment statistics mode must be created for a class to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fex environment statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
show class fex-env-stats |
|
To enter the Fex power summary statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fex-power-summary command.
scope class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy and an Fex power summary statistics class must be created to use this command
This example shows how to enter the Fex power summary statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fex-power-summary |
|
delete class fex-power-summary |
|
To enter the Fex power supply input statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fex-psu-input-stats command.
scope class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy and an Fex power supply input statistics class must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fex power supply input statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
delete class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
To change to the IO card statistics class mode, use the scope class io-card-stats command.
scope class io-card-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter the io-card-stats class mode to configure class properties.
This example shows how to enter the IO card statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
To change to the memory array environment statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-array-env-stats command.
scope class memory-array-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
To enter the memory error correctable codes statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats command.
scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the memory error correctable code statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
delete class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
enter class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
show class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
To enter the memory mirroring error statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats command.
scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the memory mirroring error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
delete class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
enter class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
show class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
To enter the memory sparing error statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-sparing-error-stats command.
scope class memory-sparing-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the memory sparing error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-sparing-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
delete class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
enter class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
show class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) correctable error statistics class mode, use the scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats command.
scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the PCIe correctable error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
delete class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
enter class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
show class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-statss |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the PCIe fatal error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to change to the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
To enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class, use the scope class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy and a rack unit fan statistics class must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
create class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
To enter the rack unit power supply statistics mode for a class, use the scope class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A statistics threshold policy and a rack unit power supply statistics class must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the rack unit power supply statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
create class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
To enter a specific client mode, use the scope client command in port-profile mode.
scope client client-name
client-name | The name of the client. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use client mode to create the following managed objects:
This example shows how to enter client mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
To enter the console authentication mode, use the scope console-auth command.
scope console-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the console authentication mode:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Command |
Description |
set auth-server-group |
|
set realm |
|
To enter a CPU mode, use the scope cpu command.
scope cpu
None
Server qualifier (/org/server-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter a CPU mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope cpu server /org/server-qual/cpu #
Command |
Description |
create cpu |
|
delete cpu |
|
enter cpu |
|
show server |
|
To enter the CPU mode for a system, use the scope cpu command.
scope cpu vendor model hw-rev
vendor | The vendor name of the CPU. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
model | The model number of the CPU. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
hw-rev | The hardware revision of the CPU. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the CPU mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope cpu Intel(R) Genuine Intel(R) CPU 1 Switch-A /system/capability/cpu #
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
scope chassis |
|
To enter data-center mode, use the scope data-center command in vcenter mode.
scope data-center datacenter-name
datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
None
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To enter the default authentication mode, use the scope default-auth command.
scope default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Security (/security)
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created prior to using this command to enter the default authentication mode for an authentication domain.
This example shows how to enter the default authentication mode in an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # scope default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Command |
Description |
create default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
To enter default-behavior mode, use the scope default-behavior command.
scope default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
To enter the destination interface mode for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the scope dest-interface command.
scope dest-interface slotid portid
slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-5. |
portid | The port ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
None
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to enter the destination interface mode for the Ethernet traffic monitoring session.
To enter the destination interface mode for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # scope dest-interface 1 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface #
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
delete dest-interface |
|
To enter the diagnostics mode for a server, use the scope diag
command.scope diag
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the diagnostic mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope diag Switch-A /chassis/server/diag #
Command |
Description |
show diag |
|
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) for a server, use the scope dimm command.
scope dimm id
Id | The ID of the dual in-line memory module. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
None
Memory array (/chassis/server/memory-array)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the DIMM mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope memory-array 1 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array # scope dimm 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array/dimm #
Command |
Description |
reset-errors |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
To enter distributed-virtual-switch mode, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter distributed-virtual-switch mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
To download a task for a license, use the scope download-task command.
scope download-task filename
filename | The name of the file. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The file must exist to use this command.
This example shows how to download a task for a license.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # scope download-task Sample Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
scope license |
|
install file |
|
clear file |
|
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the scope dynamic-vnic-conn command.
scope dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
The following example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp100 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To enter egress-policy mode, use the scope egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
scope egress-policy
This command has no argument or keywords.
None
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
You must create an egress policy before you scope to egress-policy mode.
Use egress-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter egress-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /system # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope egress-policy switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server/container #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To enter eth-best-effort mode, use the scope eth-best-effort command in qos mode.
scope eth-best-effort
This command has no argument or keywords.
None
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use eth-best-effort mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter eth-best-effort mode:
switch-A # scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show |
|
To enter eth-classified mode, use the scope eth-classified command.
scope eth-classified { best-effort | bronze | gold | platinum | silver }
best-effort | Specifies best effort mode. |
bronze | Specifies bronze classified mode. |
gold | Specifies gold classified mode. |
platinum | Specifies platinum classified mode. |
silver | Specifies silver classified mode. |
None
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter eth-classified mode:
switch-A# eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To view the Ethernet interface, use the scope eth-if command.
scope eth-if { Name }
Name | Name of the Ethernet interface. This name can include a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters. |
None
vNIC Template (/org/vnic-template)
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the Ethernet interface can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. Special characters cannot be used.
This example shows how to view the Ethernet interface information:
switch-A # scope org switch-A # /org # scope vnic-templ switch-A # /org/vnic-templ # scope eth-if Word Name (Max Size 32) switch-A # /org/vnic-templ # scope eth-if Sample switch-A # /org/vnic-templ/eth-if #
Command |
Description |
scope eth-policy |
|
To enter the Ethernet monitoring session mode, use the scope eth-mon-session command.
scope eth-mon-session name
name | The name of the Ethernet monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session can include alphanumeric characters, but no special characters are allowed.
An Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
To enter eth-policy mode, use the scope eth-policy command.
scope eth-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To enter eth-server mode, use the scope eth-server command.
scope eth-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter eth-server mode:
switch-A#scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show server |
|
To enter the Ethernet storage mode, use the scope eth-storage command.
scope eth-storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet storage mode from the chassis mode.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage #
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
scope vlan |
|
scope stats-threshold-policy |
|
To enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric interface, use the scope eth-target command.
scope eth-target name
name | The name of the Ethernet target endpoint. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for that interface must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # scope eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Command |
Description |
set macaddress |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
create eth-target |
|
To enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode, use the scope eth-traffic-mon command.
scope eth-traffic-mon
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A chassis/server/adapter # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon #
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
To enter eth-uplink mode, use the scope eth-uplink command.
scope eth-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter eth-uplink mode:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
To enter the external Ethernet interface for an adapter, use the scope ext-eth-if command.
scope ext-eth-if { ID }
ID | The ID of the external Ethernet interface. The value must be an integer 0 and 4294967295. |
None
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the external Ethernet interface for an adapter.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope ext-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if #
Command |
Description |
acknowledge fault |
|
set cli |
|
show ext-eth-if |
|
To enter extension-key mode, use the scope extension-key command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope extension-key
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
You use extension key mode to :
This example shows how to enter extension-key mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
Command |
Description |
show extension-key |
|
show fsm |
|
To enter the external management pooled IP address mode for a service profile, use the scope ext-pooled-ip command.
scope ext-pooled-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created and an external management pooled IP address must be set for this service profile to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the scope of the external management pooled IP address mode for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile default Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-pooled-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-pooled-ip #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
set ext-mgmt-ip-state |
|
To enter the external static management IP address mode, use the scope ext-static-ip command.
scope ext-static-ip
None
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the external static management IP address mode for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
create ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
To enter fabric mode, use the scope fabric command.
scope fabric { a | b }
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
None
Ethernet server (/eth-server)
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Ethernet Traffic Monitoring (/eth-traffic-mon)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fibre Channel Traffic Monitoring (/fc-traffic-mon)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the following modes: Ethernet Traffic Monitoring (/eth-traffic-mon) Fibre Channel Traffic Monitoring (/fc-traffic-mon) Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) |
Use this command to enter fabric mode.
This example shows how to enter Ethernet server fabric mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server# scope fabric b switch-A /eth-server/fabric #
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show interface |
|
To view the fabric facing interface, use the scope fabric-if command.
scope fabric-if { ID }
ID | Enter the Port ID of the fabric. The value must be an integer and can be any integer between 0 and 4294967295. |
None
Fabric Interface (chassis/iom/port-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Port ID must be an integer and can be any integer between 0 and 4294967295.
This example shows how to view the fabric facing interface.
switch-A # scope chassis ? switch-A # 1-255 Chassis ID switch-A # scope chassis 1 ? switch-A # /chassis # scope iom ? switch-A # 1 -2 ID switch-A # /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A # /chassis/iom # scope port-group fabric switch-A # /chassis/iom/port-group # scope fabric-if 345
Command |
Description |
scope server-if |
|
To enter fabric interconnect mode, use the scope fabric-interconnect command.
scope fabric-interconnect { a | b }
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter fabric interconnect mode.
This example shows how to enter fabric interconnect mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect b switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
To enter the fan mode, use the scope fan command.
scope fan id
ID | The identification number of the fan. It must be a number between 1 and 8. |
None
Fabric Interconnect Module (/fabric-interconnect)
Fan Module (/chassis/fan-module)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the fan mode for a chassis.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope fan-module 1 2 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module # scope fan 3 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module/fan #
Command |
Description |
show fan |
|
To enter the fan module, use the scope fan-module command.
scope fan-module tray module
tray | The ID of the tray. |
module | The ID of the module. It must be a number between 1 and 8. |
None
Chassis (/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the fan module mode for a chassis.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope fan-module 1 3 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module #
Command |
Description |
scope fan |
|
show fan-module |
|
To view and set Fibre Channel information, use the scope fc command.
scopefc { set | show }
set | Use this option to set details such as Cos and weight. |
show | To view the Fibre Channel information. |
None
Ethernet Server (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to view the fibre channel information:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A# /eth-server # scope qos switch-A# /eth-server/qos # scope fc switch-A# /eth-server/qos/fc # show FC Class: Priority: Fc Cos: 3 Weight: 5 Bw Percent: 50 Drop: No Drop Mtu: FC Admin State: Enabled
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session mode, use the scope fc-mon-session command.
scope fc-mon-session Name
name | The name of the monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the monitoring session can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
A traffic monitoring session must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric b Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # scope fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session #
Command |
Description |
scope dest-interface |
|
To enter fc-policy mode, use the scope fc-policy command.
scope fc-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel storage mode, use the scope fc-storage command.
scope fc-storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel storage mode from the service profile mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage #
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
scope fabric |
|
scope vsan |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring mode, use the scope fc-traffic-mon command.
scope fc-traffic-mon
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring mode:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A chassis/server/adapter # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon #
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
To enter fc-uplink mode, use the scope fc-uplink command.
scope fc-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter fc-uplink mode:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To enter the Fabric extender module, use the scope fex command.
scope fex id
id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. The value must be a numeral. |
None
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the fabric extender module from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope fex 2 Switch-A /fex #
Command |
Description |
scope fan |
|
scope iom |
|
scope psu |
|
To enter firmware mode, use the scope firmware command.
scope firmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter firmware mode:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware #
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
To enter flow control mode, use the scope flow-control command.
scope flow-control
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter flow control mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show port-profile |
|
To enter folder mode, use the scope folder command in vcenter mode.
scope folder folder-name
folder-name | The name of the folder. |
None
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use folder mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter data center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope folder f1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
To view the server host pack, use the scope fw-host-pack command.
scope fw-host-pack { Name }
Name | The name of the server host pack. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the server host pack can include a maximum of 16 characters. It should not include any special characters.
This example shows how to view the server host pack.
switch-A # scope org switch-A # /org # scope fw-host-pack ? Word Name (Max size 16) switch-A # /org # scope fw-host-pack fhpl switch-A # /org/fw-host-pack #
Command |
Description |
show fw-host-pack |
|
To view the server management pack details, use the scope fw-mgmt-pack command.
scope fw-mgmt-pack { Name }
Name | The name of the server management pack. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the server management pack can include upto 16 characters only. The name can include alphanumeric characters, but special characters are not allowed.
This example shows how to view the server management pack.
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack ? Word Name (Max size 16) switch-A /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack Fhpl123 switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack #
Command |
Description |
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
To view the Ethernet interface information of the adapter, use the scope host-eth-if command.
scope host-eth-if ID
ID | An integer. Range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
None
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The ID must be an integer. Alphanumeric characters are not allowed.
This example shows how to view the Ethernet information of the host:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Command |
Description |
scope ext-eth-if |
|
To view the host Ethernet interface information of a specific device, use the scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac command.
scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac dynamic MAC address
dynamic MAC address | Enter the MAC address of the host Ethernet interface. The standard format of the MAC address is hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
None
Host Ethernet Interface (chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The dynamic MAC address must be entered in the standard hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format.
This example shows how to view the host Ethernet interface information of a particular device:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac 00:1B:50:35:56:99 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Command |
Description |
show host-eth-if |
|
To view the Fibre Channel information of the host interface, use the scope host-fc-if command.
scope host-fc-if ID
ID | The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
None
Adapter (chassis/server/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The ID is an integer and the range of valid values is between 0 to 4294967295.
This example shows how to view the Fibre Channel information of the host interface:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Command |
Description |
scope host-fc-if wwn |
|
To enter the worldwide name mode of the Fibre Channel host, use the scope host-fc-if wwn command.
scope host-fc-if wwn
wwn | Worldwide Name. The valid value is a 64-bit alphanumeric string. |
None
Adapter (chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The WWN must be a valid 64-bit alphanumeric string.
This example shows how to view the Fibre Channel interface information of a particular device:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if wwn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Command |
Description |
show host-fc-if wwn |
|
To enter import configuration mode, use the scope import-config command.
scope import-config name
name | Import configuration name. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter import configuration mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope import-config ic10 switch-A /system/import-config #
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
To enter instance mode, use the scope instance command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope instance uuid
uuid | The UUID of the instance. The format is NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
None
Instance (/system/vm-mgmt/instance)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use instance mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter instance mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope instance 700c4760-da08-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/instance #
Command |
Description |
show ? |
|
show ? |
|
To view the Ethernet interface information of the fabric, use the scope interface command.
scope interface { slot ID | port id }
slot ID | The ID of the slot. It must be a number between 1 and 5. |
port ID | The ID of the port. It must be a number between 1 and 40. |
None
Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Ethernet Server (/eth-server/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Slot ID must be a number between 1 and 5. You cannot enter any alphanumeric or special characters.
The Port ID must be a number between 1 and 40. You cannot enter any alphanumeric or special characters.
This example shows how to view the interface information for the Ethernet Uplink:
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1-5 Slot ID Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 1-40 Port ID Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
scope eth-uplink |
|
To enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric, use the scope interface fc command.
scope interface fc slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is between 2 and 5. |
port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 1 and 40. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A fibre channel interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
To enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet mode for a fabric, use the scope interface fcoe command.
scope interface fcoe slot id port id
slot id | The slot identification number. |
port id | The port identification number. |
None
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
To view the Callhome periodic system inventory information, use the scope inventory command.
scope inventory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Periodic system inventory (/monitoring/callhome/periodic-system-inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to view the periodic system inventory.
This example shows how to view the periodic system inventory information:
switch-A # scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
scope policy |
|
scope profile |
|
To enter iom mode for a chassis, use the scope iom command.
scope iom { id | a | b }
id | Module identification number. |
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
None
Chassis (/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A /chassis/iom #
Command |
Description |
scope iom (/capability) |
|
show iom |
|
show slot |
|
To enter the IOM mode of a system, use the scope iom command.
scope iom vendor model hw-rev
vendor | Vendor name. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
model | Model number. The number can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
hw-rev | Hardware revision. The number can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the IOM mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope iom Cisco Systems Inc N20-I6583 0 Switch-A /system/capability/iom #
Command |
Description |
scope iom |
|
show iom |
|
To enter IPMI access profile mode, use the scope ipmi-access-profile command.
scope ipmi-access-profile name
name | Access profile name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter IPMI access profile mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To change the mode to the IPMI user, use the scope ipmi-user command.
scope ipmi-user { User Name }
User Name | Name of the IPMI user. |
None
IPMI Access Profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile/)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced as scope epuser. |
1.4(1) | This command was renamed as scope ipmi-user. |
The name of the IPMI user can be alphanumeric, but cannot contain any special characters.
This example shows how to change the mode to the IPMI user:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile Sample switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # scope ipmi-user Example switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
enter ipmi-user |
|
delete ipmi-user |
|
set descr |
|
set password |
|
set privilege |
|
show ipmi-access profile |
|
To view information on the boot LAN, use the scope lan command.
scope lan
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None.
Boot Policy (/org/boot-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to view the boot LAN information.
This example shows how to view the boot LAN information:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope boot-policy Example switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan
Command |
Description |
scope storage |
|
scope virtual-media |
|
To enter LDAP mode, use the scope ldap command.
scope ldap
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To enter the LDAP group mode, use the scope ldap-group command.
scope ldap-group Group DN
Group DN | Name of the LDAP group. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group mode:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
To enter the LDAP group rule mode, use the scope ldap-group-rule command.
scope ldap-group-rule
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group rule mode for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
To enter the license mode, use the scope license command.
scope license
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the license mode from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope license Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
scope download-task |
|
install file |
|
clear file |
|
To enter locale mode, use the scope locale command.
scope locale name
name | Locale name. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter locale mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope locale switch-A /security/locale #
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show remote-user |
|
To enter the local disk configuration mode, use the scope local-disk-config command.
scope local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
RAID Controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the local disk configuration mode for the RAID controller of a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # scope local-disk-config Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller/local-disk-config #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
To enter the logical unit number (LUN) mode for a server, use the scope lun command.
scope lun id
ID | The ID of the logical unit number. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967297. |
None
RAID Controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the logical unit number mode for a RAID controller.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # scope lun 1 Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller/lun #
Command |
Description |
scope local-disk-config |
|
show lun |
|
To enter the MAC security mode for a network control policy, use the scope mac-security command.
scope mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Network Control Policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A network control policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the MAC security mode for a network control policy for an organization.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy Sample Switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # scope mac-security Switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Command |
Description |
set forged-transmit |
|
show mac-security |
|
To enter the maintenance policy mode, use the scope maint-policy command.
scope maint-policy Name
Name | The name of the maintenance policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A maintenance policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the maintenance policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Default Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Command |
Description |
enter maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
To enter the management extension mode for the system, use the scope management-extension command.
scope management-extension
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the management extension mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope management-extension Switch-A /system/management-extension #
Command |
Description |
activate firmware version |
|
scope backup |
|
scope capability |
|
scope import-config |
|
scope managed-entity |
|
scope scheduler |
|
scope server-default |
|
scope services |
|
scope vm-mgmt |
|
To enter the member port channel mode for VSAN, use the scope member-port-channel command.
scope member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
a | Specifies port A. |
b | Specifies port B. |
port channel id | The ID of the port channel for the switch. |
None
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the member port channel for VSAN.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default Switch-a /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # scope member-port-channel a 22 Switch-a /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port-channel #
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
To enter the memory array mode for a server, use the scope memory-array command.
scope memory-array { ID }
ID | The ID of the memory array. The value must be an integer between 1 and 8. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the memory array mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope memory-array 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array #
Command |
Description |
scope dimm |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
To enter the monitor filter mode, use the scope mon-flt command.
scope mon-flt name
name | The name of the monitor filter. |
None
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under Fabric within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN under Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command within a fabric, either a VLAN or a VSAN must be created.
This example shows how to enter the monitor filter mode for a VSAN under Fibre Channel mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric b Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan test200 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # scope mon-flt Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/mon-flt #
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
create vlan |
|
To enter monitoring mode, use the scope monitoring command.
scope monitoring
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter monitoring mode:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show syslog |
|
To enter the monitor source session mode, use the scope mon-src command.
scope mon-src session name
session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
None
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The monitor source session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the monitor source session mode for a VNIC in a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # scope mon-src testing Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
To enter network mode, use the scope network command in port-profile mode.
scope network network-name
network-name | The name of the network. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use network mode to enable or disable the default network.
This example shows how to enter network mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/network #
Command |
Description |
show network |
|
show port-profile |
|
To enter network control policy mode, use the scope nw-ctrl-policy command.
scope nw-ctrl-policy name
name | The name of the network control policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
A network control policy must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to enter network control policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org/ # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
create nw-ctrl-policy |
|
To enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule, use the scope occurrence one-time command.
scope occurrence one-time name
name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule and a one-time occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
To enter the recurring occurrence mode for a schedule, mode, use the scope occurrence recurring command.
scope occurrence recurring name
name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance for the schedule. |
None
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule and the recurring occurrence instance for that schedule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the recurring occurrence mode for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
To enter org mode, use the scope org command.
scope org [ org-name ]
name | (Optional) Organization name. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter org mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
To enter policy mode for various types of faults and system events, use the scope policy command.
scope policy event
event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types. |
Use this command to enter the policy mode for various types of faults and system events. In the specific policy mode, you can enable or disable Call Home messages for the type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords:
This example shows how to enter an existing policy mode for link-down events and how to enable Call Home messages for those events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
To enter the port channel mode, use the scope port-channel command.
scope port-channel port-channel-id
port-channel-id | Port identification number. It is the value you specified while creating the port channel. |
None
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric). |
This example shows how to enter port channel mode:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Command |
Description |
show switch |
|
show port-channel |
|
To enter port-profile mode, use the scope port-profile command in profile-set mode.
scope port-profile port-profile-name
port-profile-name | The name of the port profile. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use port-profile mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter port-profile mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To enter the POST code reporter mode for a system, use the scope post-code-reporter command.
scope post-code-template name
name | The name of the POST code reporter. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A POST code reporter must be available on the system to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the POST code reporter mode for the system.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # scope post-code-reporter testing UCS-A /system/capability/post-code-reporter* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/capability/post-code-reporter #
Command |
Description |
scope post-code-template |
|
To enter the POST code template mode for a system, use the scope post-code-template command.
scope post-code-template name
name | The name of the POST code template. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A POST code template must be available on the system to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the POST code template mode for the system
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope post-code-template test-codes Switch-A /system/capability/post-code-template* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/capability/post-code-template #
Command |
Description |
scope post-code-reporter |
|
To enter the power capping management mode for the switch, use the scope power-cap-mgmt command.
scope power-cap-mgmt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows you how to enter the power capping management mode from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
scope priority-weight |
|
To enter the power control policy mode, use the scope power-control-policy command.
scope power-control-policy name
name | The name of the power control policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the power control policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
To enter the power group mode, use the scope power-group command.
scope power-group name
name | The name of the power group. |
None
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the power group mode.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group Sample Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
delete power-group |
|
To set a priority for a power capping management policy, use the scope priority-weight command.
scope priority-weight { Admin priority | no-cap }
Admin priority | Use this option to set an administrator priority to the power capping management policy. The value must be numeral between 1 - 10. |
no-cap | Use this option to not set a cap. |
None
Power capping management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows you how to set an administrator priority on the power capping management policy.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope priority-weight 3 Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/priority-weight #
Command |
Description |
scope power-cap-mgmt |
|
scope power-group |
|
To change the mode to the callhome destination profile, use the scope profile command.
scope profile { Name }
Name | Name of the callhome destination profile. The value of this name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome/)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
The name of the callhome profile can include a maximum of 16 characters that can be alphanumeric.
This example show how to change modes to the callhome profile:
switch-A # scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile Word Name (Max size 16) switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile Sample switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
scope inventory |
|
scope policy |
|
To enter profile-set mode, use the scope profile-set command in vmware mode.
scope profile-set
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
You use profile-set mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter profile-set mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set #
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
To enter the power supply unit mode, use the scope psu command.
scope psu { 1-8 PSU }
1-8 PSU | The number of the power supply unit. The value must be an integer between 1 and 8. |
None
Chassis (/chassis/)
Fabric Interconnect (/fabric-interconnect/)
Fabric extender module (/fex)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabrix extender module (/fex) mode. |
The PSU number must be a unique number between 1 and 8.
This example shows how to change the mode to the power supply unit of the chassis:
Switch-A # scope chassis 1-255 Chassis ID Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope psu 2 Switch-A /chassis/psu #
Command |
Description |
scope psu-policy |
|
To enter psu-policy mode, use the scope psu-policy command.
scope psu-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use psu-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter psu-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
To enter QoS mode, use the scope qos command.
scope qos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Ethernet server (/eth-server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter QoS mode:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To enter qos-policy mode, use the scope qos-policy command in org mode.
scope qos-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
None
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To enter the rack server discovery policy mode, use the scope rackserver-disc-policy command.
scope rackserver-disc-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
This mode is applicable only in the root organization mode.
This example shows how to enter the rack server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope rackserver-disc-policy Switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
set scrub-policy |
|
To enter radius mode, use the scope radius command.
scope radius
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter radius mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope radius switch-A /security /radius #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
To enter the RAID controller mode for a server, use the scope raid-controller command.
scope raid-controller id { sas | sata }
id | The ID of the RAID controller. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
sas | Use this option to enter the SAS type of RAID controller. |
sata | Use this option to enter the SATA type of RAID controller. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A RAID controller for a server must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the RAID controller mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller #
Command |
Description |
scope local-disk-config |
|
scope lun |
|
To enter role mode, use the scope role command.
scope role name
name | Role name. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter role mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope role admin switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
To enter the scope scheduler mode, use the scope scheduler command.
scope scheduler name
name | The name of the scheduler. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the scheduler mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler #
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
create maint-window |
|
To enter security mode, use the scope security command.
scope security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter security mode:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To enter server mode, use the scope server command.
scope server { name | dynamic-uuid }
name | Server name. |
dynamic-uuid | Specifies the unique server identity. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter server mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server identity |
|
To enter the LDAP server mode, use the scope server command.
scope server name
Name | The name of the LDAP server. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The LDAP server must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the LDAP server mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testserver Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show server |
|
To enter server mode, use the scope server command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server (/system/vm-mgmt/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use server mode to perform the following tasks:
Create and delete containers and data centers
Set the server description and IP address
Show containers, data centers, events, and finite state machines
Containers ?
Data centers ?
This example shows how to enter server mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope server S1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server #
Command |
Description |
show container |
|
show server |
|
To enter server-qual mode, use the scope server-qual command.
scope server-qual name
name | Server qualifier name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter server-qual mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal1 switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
To enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group, use the scope server-ref command.
scope server-ref name
name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name of the server or the IP address. |
None
Authentication server group under LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group and the server reference for the authentication server group is required to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # scope server-ref example-server Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
To enter services mode, use the scope services command.
scope services
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter services mode:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
To enter the service profile command, use the scope service-profile command.
scope service-profile { dynamic-uuid | org | server }
dynamic-uuid | The dynamic UUID of the service profile. |
org | The name of the organization for which the service profile was created. |
server | The server ID for which the service profile was created. |
None
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use the command with the option org , an organization and a service profile for that organization must be created.
To use the command with the option server , the value entered can either be the server ID, or the chassis ID with the blade ID (n/n format).
This example shows how to enter the service profile mode.
Switch-A # scope service-profile server 1/1 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc server |
|
show service-profile circuit server |
|
show service-profile connectivity server |
|
show service-profile identity server |
|
show service-profile inventory server |
|
show service-profile status server |
|
To enter the service profile mode for an organization, use the scope service-profile command.
scope service-profile { dynamic-uuid | server | service-profile name }
dynamic-uuid | The dynamic UUID for the service profile. The value can either be derived or the UUID. |
server | The server ID. The value entered should either be the server ID or the chassis-ID/blade-id (n/n format). |
service-profile-name | The name of the service profile. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The service profile for the organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the server of the service-profile for an organization.
Switch-A # scope org Testing Switch-A /org # scope service-profile server 1/1 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To enter SNMP user mode, use the scope snmp-user command.
scope snmp-user
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter SNMP user mode:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To enter system mode, use the scope system command.
scope system
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter system mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system #
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show version |
|
To enter TACACS mode, use the scope tacacs command.
scope tacacs
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
This example shows how to enter TACACS mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope tacacs switch-A /security/tacacs #
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show ttacacs |
|
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # scope threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
To enter update mode, use the scope update command.
scope update label
label | Specifies the label of an update in the update history. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the update mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope update 1.0(8.43) Switch-A /system/capability/update #
Command |
Description |
show version |
|
scope cat-updater |
|
To enter vcenter (VCenter) mode, use the scope vcenter command in vmware mode.
scope vcenter vcenter-name
vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter vcenter mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the scope vcon-policy command.
scope vcon-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To enter virtual HBA mode, use the scope vhba command.
scope vhba name
name | Virtual HBA name. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org # scope vhba vHBA10 switch-A /org/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
To enter virtual HBA template mode, use the scope vhba-templ command.
scope vhba-templ name
name | Virtual HBA template name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhbaT10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
To enter virtual-machine mode, use the scope virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
scope virtual-machine
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter virtual-machine mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope virtual-machine 4125a5e0-e2c3-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine #
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
To enter VLAN mode, use the scope vlan command.
scope vlan name
name | VLAN name. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | The port profile mode was added. |
1.4(1) | Ethernet Storage, and Fabric within Ethernet Storage modes were added. |
This example shows how to enter VLAN mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
To enter the virtual machine life cycle policy mode, use the scope vm-life-cycle-policy command.
scope vm-life-cycle-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the Virtual machine life cycle policy for the system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Command |
Description |
set vmretention |
|
set vnicretention |
|
To enter vm-mgmt (virtual machine management) mode, use the scope vm-mgmt command in system mode.
scope vm-mgmt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter vm-mgmt mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt #
To enter vmware (VMware) mode, use the scope vmware command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope vmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use vmware mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter vmware mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
To enter virtual NIC mode, use the scope vnic command.
scope vnic name
name | Virtual NIC name. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org # scope vnic vNIC10 switch-A /org/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
To enter virtual NIC template mode, use the scope vnic-templ command.
scope vnic-templ name
name | Virtual NIC template name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To enter the VSAN mode, use the scope vsan command.
scope vsan name
name | The VSAN name. |
None
Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fabric within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The following command modes were introduced: Fabric within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric) Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) |
The VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enter the VSAN for a Fabric within the Fibre Channel uplink mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vlan1 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
delete vsan |
|
To enter the web sessions mode, use the scope web-session-limits command.
scope web-session-limits
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to enter the web session limits mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Command |
Description |
set per-user |
|
set total |
|
To enter WWN pool mode, use the scope wwn-pool command.
scope wwn-pool name
name | WWN pool name. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter WWN pool mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show org |
|
To send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database, use the send command.
send
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to immediately send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database.
This example shows how to send the current system inventory message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # send switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
show inventory |
|
To create and send a syslog message, use the send-syslog command.
send-syslog { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } text
alerts | Specifies alerts. |
critical | Specifies critical messages. |
debugging | Specifies debug messages. |
emergencies | Specifies emergency messages. |
errors | Specifies error messages. |
information | Specifies informational messages. |
notifications | Specifies notifications. |
warnings | Specifies warnings. |
text | Enter text of syslog message. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create and send a syslog message. Specify the urgency level of the message and enter up to 512 characters of text. If the text includes spaces, it must be enclosed in quotes (" ").
The following table shows the urgency level options in order of decreasing urgency.
emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
alerts | Alert level (1) |
critical | Critical level (2) |
errors | Error level (3) |
warnings | Warning level (4) |
notifications | Notification level (5) |
information | Information level (6) |
debugging | Debug level (7) |
This example shows how to create and send a syslog message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # send-syslog alerts "This is a test message" switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show syslog |
|
To send a Callhome test alert message, use the send-test-alert command.
send-test-alert { [ alert-description description ] [ alert-group { diagnostic | | environmental } ] [ alert-level { critical | | debug | | fatal | | major-1 | | minor-1 | | normal | | notify | | warning } ] [ alert-message-type { conf | | diag | | env | | inventory | | syslog | | test-1 } ] [ alert-message-subtype { delta | | full | | goldmajor | | goldminor | | goldnormal | | major-2 | | minor-2 | | nosubtype | | test-2 } ] }
alert-description alert-description | Specifies the alert description. |
alert-group | Specifies the alert group type. |
diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
alert-level | Specifies the alert level. |
critical | Specifies critical alert level. |
debug | Specifies debug alert level. |
fatal | Specifies fatal alert level. |
major-1 | Specifies major alert level. |
minor-1 | Specifies minor alert level. |
normal | Specifies minor alert level. |
notify | Specifies notify alert level. |
warning | Specifies warning alert level. |
alert-message-type | Specifies the alert message type. |
conf | Specifies the |
diag | Specifies the diagnostic alert message type. |
env | Specifies the |
inventory | Specifies the inventory alert messag type. |
syslog | Specifies the system log alert message type. |
test-1 | Specifies the test alert message type. |
alert-message-subtype | Specifies the alert message subtype. |
delta | Specifies the delta alert messge subtype. |
full | Specifies the full alert messge subtype. |
goldmajor | Specifies the gold major alert messge subtype. |
goldminor | Specifies the gold minor alert messge subtype. |
goldnormal | Specifies the gold normal alert messge subtype. |
major-2 | Specifies the major alert messge subtype. |
minor-2 | Specifies the minor alert messge subtype. |
nosubtype | Specifies no subtype. |
test-2 | Specifies the test alert messge subtype. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to send a Callhome test alert message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # send-test-alert alert-message-type diag switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show policy |
|
To set action, use the set action command.
chassis-disc-policy mode set action { 1-link | 2-link | 4-link }
import-config modeset action { merge | replace }
server-disc-policy modeset action { diag | immediate | user-acknowledged }
1-link | Specifies one uplink. |
2-link | Specifies two uplinks. |
4-link | Specifies four uplinks. |
merge | Specifies merge. |
replace | Specifies replace. |
diag | Specifies diagnostic. |
immediate | Specifies immediate. |
user-acknowledged | Specifies user acknowledged. |
None
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Server discovery policy /org/server-disc-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command in chassis-disc-policy mode to specify the number of links to the switch that the chassis must have to be discovered.
This example shows how to set action:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # scope chassis-disc-policy cdp10 switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # set action 4-link switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/chassis-dis-policy #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
To set an adaptor policy, use the set adaptor-policy command.
set adaptor-policy name
name | Adapter policy name. Enter up to 16 characters. |
None
Dynamic vNIC connection (/org/service-profile/dynamic-vnic-conn)
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set an adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set adaptor-policy 20a switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To set an IP address for the external management static IP address, use the set addr command.
set addr IP addr
IP addr | The IP address. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
None
External management static IP address under service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
External management static IP address under CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The external management IP address and the default gateway must be on the same subnet.
The external management IP address cannot match the default gateway.
This example shows how to set an IP address for the external management static IP mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set addr 1.2.3.4 Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
create ext-static-ip |
|
To set the speed for a fabric interface, use the set adminspeed command.
set adminspeed { 10gbps | 1gbps }
10gbps | Use this option to set the speed of the interface to 10 Gbps. |
1gbps | Use this option to set the speed of the interface to 1 Gbps. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface must be created for the fabric to use this command.
This example shows to set the speed for the fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set adminspeed 10gbps Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
set pingroup name |
|
set portmode |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
To reset the connectivity of an adapter, use the set adminstate command.
set adminstate { enabled | reset-connectivity | reset-connectivity-active | reset-connectivity-passive }
enabled | The adapter is enabled. |
reset-connectivity | The adapter connectivity is reset on both fabrics. |
reset-connectivity-active | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the active fabric. |
reset-connectivity-passive | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the passive fabric. |
The adapter state is enabled.
External Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Host Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if)
Host Fibre Channel interface (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to reset connectivity on the vNIC or vHBA. A shutdown and enable sequence is performed on the port.
The active and passive options are not available on external host ports.
This example shows how to reset connectivity on a vHBA:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if 2 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # set adminstate reset-connectivity switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Command |
Description |
show ext-eth-if |
|
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
To set the administration state of a policy, use the set admin-state command.
set admin-state { disabled | enabled }
disabled | Specifies administration state disabled. |
enabled | Specifies administration state enabled. |
None
Policy (/monitoring/callhome/policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable the context policy when a fault or system event matching the associated cause is encountered.
This example shows how to enable the administration state for link-down system events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Command |
Description |
scope policy |
|
show policy |
|
To set up an administrative vCon (administrative virtual network interface connection) for the vHBA, use the set admin-vcon command in vhba or vnic mode.
set admin-vcon { 1 | | 2 | | any }
1 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 1. |
2 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 2. |
any | Assigns the vHBA to all virtual network interface connections. |
None
vHBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up an administrative vCon in vhba mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba100 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set admin-vcon any switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vhba |
|
To set up AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) 128-bit encryption, use the set aes-128 command.
set aes-128 { no | yes }
no | Specifies no AES 128-bit encryption. |
yes | Specifies AES 128-bit encryption. |
None
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication of packets, to prevent snooping by an unauthorized source. Use AES 128-bit encryption to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
This example shows how to set up AES 128-bit encryption:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set aes-128 yes switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To set up an agent policy, use the set agent-policy command.
set agent-policy policy-name
policy-name | The policy name. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified agent policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers and letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
This example shows how to set up an agent policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set agent-policy agentP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
To enable alerts from predefined Call Home alert groups, use the set alertgroups command.
set alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
license | Specifies the license alert group. |
lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
system | Specifies the system alert group. |
test | Specifies the test alert group. |
None
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to select and enable a set of alert groups for a Call Home profile. An alert group is a predefined subset of Call Home alerts. Different types of Call Home alerts are grouped into different alert groups depending on their type.
Note |
When you enter the set alertgroups command, any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile is replaced. To add more alert groups to an existing alert group list, use the add alertgroups command. To remove alert groups from an existing alert group list, use the remove alertgroups command. |
This example shows how to configure the sending of Call Home alerts from the environmental and diagnostic alert groups.
UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile ProfileOne UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # set alertgroups environmental diagnostic UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # create destination admin@example.com UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination #
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
remove alertgroups |
|
To specify the management logging threshold for all modules, use the set all command.
set all { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
crit | Critical (highest) level |
major | Major level |
minor | Minor level |
warn | Warning level |
info | Informational level |
debug4 | Debug 4 level |
debug3 | Debug 3 level |
debug2 | Debug 2 level |
debug1 | Debug 1 level |
debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
The default management logging threshold is info.
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for all modules. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
This example shows how to set the management logging threshold to major for all modules:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set all major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
To set processor architecture (arch), use the set arch command.
set arch { dual-core-opteron | intel-p4-c | opteron | pentium-4 | turion-64 | xeon | xeon-mp | any }
dual-core-opteron | Specifies the dual-core Opteron processor. |
intel-p4-c | Specifies the Intel P4 C processor. |
opteron | Specifies the Opteron processor. |
pentium-4 | Specifies the Pentium 4 processor. |
turion-64 | Specifies the Turion 4 processor. |
xeon | Specifies the Xeon processor. |
xeon-mp | Specifies the Xeon MP processor. |
any | Specifies any processor. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set processor architecture:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set arch xeon-mp switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set an attribute, use the set attribute command.
set attribute attribute
attribute | Attribute name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified attribute.
This example shows how to set an attribute:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set attribute name switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To set the authentication type for an SNMP user, use the set auth command.
set auth { md5 | sha }
md5 | Specifies MD5 (Message Digest Algorithm 5) authentication. |
sha | Specifies SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) authentication. |
None
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication, to verify that a message is from a valid source. Use MD5 or SHA authentication to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
This example shows how to set the SNMP user authentication type:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set auth sha switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To set up the authentication console, use the set authentication console command.
set authentication console { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up the authentication console:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set authentication console ldap switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
To set an authentication default, use the set authentication default command.
set authentication default { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set an authentication default:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set authentication default ldap switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
To set up an authentication port, use the set authport command.
set authport id
id | Authentication port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
None
Server (/security/radius/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the port used to communicate with a RADIUS server.
This example shows how to set up an authentication port:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope radius switch-A /security/radius # scope server s100 switch-A /security/radius/server # set authport 100 switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/radius/server #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
To enable or disable authorization for an LDAP group rule, use the set authorization command.
set authorization { disable | enable }
disable | Use this option to disable authorization for an LDAP group rule. |
enable | Use this option to enable authorization for an LDAP group rule. |
None
LDAP Group Rule (/security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An LDAP server and an LDAP group rule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enable authorization for an LDAP group rule.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testing Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule # set authorization enable Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
To set an authentication server group, use the set auth-server-group command.
set auth-server-group authentication server group
authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
None
Default Authentication (/security/default-auth)
Default Authentication under the Authentication Domain (security/auth-domain/default-auth)
Console Authentication (/security/console-auth)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication server group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the authentication server group for console authentication:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth # set auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/console-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
enter auth-server-group |
|
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
To specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the set backup action command.
set backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
none | Specifies no action. |
on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
Note |
When you enter the set backup action command, any previously configured list of actions is replaced. To add more actions to an existing list, use the add backup action command. To remove actions from an existing list, use the remove backup action command. |
This example shows how to back up the log when the log is full, when the log is cleared, and on an interval:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup action log-full on-clear timer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
remove backup action |
|
set backup interval |
|
show backup |
|
To specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation, use the set backup clear-on-backup command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup clear-n-backup { no | yes }
no | The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation. |
yes | The system event log is cleared after a backup operation. |
The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation.
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation.
This example shows how configure clearing of the system event log after a backup operation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup clear-on-backup yes switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the destination for the system event log backup operation, use the set backup destination command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup destination url
url | Specifies the URL where the system event log backup file will be stored. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
If the destination requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp:// user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
Note |
You can also configure the backup destination by using the set backup hostname , set backup password , set backup protocol , set backup remote-path , set backup user commands. |
This example shows how configure an ftp destination with login for system event log backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup destination ftp://joe:password1@ftp.example.com/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the format for the system event log backup file, use the set backup format command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup format { ascii | binary }
ascii | Specifies that the backup file will be in ASCII format. |
binary | Specifies that the backup file will be in binary format. |
ASCII
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the format for the system event log backup file.
This example shows how to specify a binary format for the system event log backup file:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup format binary switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the host name or IP address of the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup hostname command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup hostname { hostname | ip-address }
hostname | The host name of the backup destination server. |
ip-address | The IP address of the backup destination server. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the host name or IP address of the backup destination server.
This example shows how to specify the host name of the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup hostname ftp.example.com switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the time interval between automatic backups of the system event log, use the set backup interval command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup interval { 1-hour | 2-hours | 4-hours | 8-hours | 24-hours | never }
1-hour | Backups will occur at 1 hour intervals. |
2-hour | Backups will occur at 2 hour intervals. |
4-hour | Backups will occur at 4 hour intervals. |
8-hour | Backups will occur at 8 hour intervals. |
24-hour | Backups will occur at 24 hour intervals. |
never | Automatic backups are disabled. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable the automatic backup operation and to specify the time interval for automatic backups. To disable automatic backups, specify the never keyword.
This example shows how to specify automatic backups at 8 hour intervals:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup interval 8-hours switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the password for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup password command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup password password
password | The login password for the backup destination server. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the password for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The password is not used when TFTP is the backup protocol.
This example shows how to specify the password for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup password Password: switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
set backup user |
|
show backup |
|
To specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup, use the set backup protocol command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
ftp | Specifies the FTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
scp | Specifies the SCP protocol for backup file transfer. |
sftp | Specifies the SFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
tftp | Specifies the TFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
FTP
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup.
This example shows how to specify SFTP as the backup file transfer protocol:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup protocol sftp switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the remote server path for system log file backups, use the set backup remote-path command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup remote-path remote-path
remote-path | The remote path for backups. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the remote server path for system log file backups. The remote-path is a unique set of up to 128 characters that identifies a path on the remote server. Do not use characters that are not allowed in a URL.
This example shows how to set the remote path for backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup remote-path /test/sel/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify a user name for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup user command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup user user-name
user-name | The login user name for the backup destination server. |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify a user name for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The user name can be up to 128 characters.
This example shows how to specify a user name for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup user superUser switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
set backup password |
|
show backup |
|
show ep-log-policy |
|
To set up a distinguished name, use the set basedn command.
set basedn basedn
basedn | Distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP mode and the command option was name . |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP server mode, and the command option has been renamed as basedn |
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified distinguished name.
This example shows how to set up a distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set basedn ldap switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account, use the set binddn command.
set bindn bind-dist-name
bind-dist-name | Distinguished name. |
None
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account. Enter a name of up to 127 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose the name in quotes (" ").
This example shows how to configure the distinguished name:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server MyServer switch-A /security/ldap/server # set binddn "CN=John Smith,OU=Sales,DC=Example,DC=COM" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
To specify whether the BIOS settings are cleared when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set bios-settings-scrub command.
set bios-settings-scrub { no | yes }
no | Disables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are preserved. |
yes | Enables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are reset to default. |
BIOS settings scrub is disabled.
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
1.3(1) | This command was restored. |
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the BIOS settings in CMOS memory are cleared or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
If enabled, erases all BIOS settings for the server and and resets them to the BIOS defaults for that server type and vendor
If disabled, preserves the existing BIOS settings on the server
Note |
This command is deprecated in some releases. With those releases, you can use the reset-cmos command to manually reset the BIOS settings. |
This example shows how to specify in a scrub policy that the BIOS settings will be erased when the server is disassociated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub100 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set bios-settings-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Command |
Description |
reset-cmos |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
To set the block size, use the set blocksize command.
set blocksize { blocksize | unspecified }
blocksize | Storage block size. The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified block size. |
None
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the block size:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set blocksize 1000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set the boot option retry configuration, use the set boot-option-retry-config retry command.
set boot-option-retry-config retry { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable the retry configuration. |
enabled | Use this option to enable the retry configuration. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the retry configuration to be the same as the platform default. |
None
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced |
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the retry configuration of the boot option to platform default.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy Sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set boot-option-retry-config retry platform-default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
To set the boot policy, use the set boot-policy command.
set boot-policy name
name | Boot policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified boot policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set boot-policy bootP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show boot-definition |
|
To set a power capping policy, use the set cap-policy command.
set cap-policy { policy-driven-chassis-group-cap | manual-blade-level-cap }
policy-driven-chassis-group-cap | Use this option to set a policy driven chassis group cap. |
manual-blade-level-cap | Use this option to set a manual blade level cap. |
None
Power capping management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the cap policy.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # set cap-policy manual-blade-level-cap Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
scope priority-weight |
|
To enter a certificate in a keyring, use the set cert command.
set cert
None
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter a certificate into a keyring. When prompted, paste the text of the certificate at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
This example shows how to enter a certificate into a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set cert Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Keyring certificate: >
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
To enter a list (or chain) of trustpoints, use the set certchain command.
set certchain [certchain]
certchain | The name of a trustpoint. If this variable is omitted, you are prompted to enter a name or names. |
None
Trustpoint (/security/trustpoint)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enter a list of one or more trustpoints defining a certification path to the root certificate authority (CA). You can the enter up to 512 characters in the command line. If you do not specify trustpoints in the command line, you are prompted to type or paste the information at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
This example shows how to enter a trustpoint certificate chain:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope trustpoint MyTrust05 switch-A /security/trustpoint # set certchain Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Trustpoint Certificate Chain: >
Command |
Description |
show trustpoint |
|
To set up a certificate, use the set certificate command.
set certificate certificate-name
certificate-name | The name of the certificate. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
None
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the URL of the certificate:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # set certificate workspace: switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
To set up a CIM (Common Information Model) XML port, use the set cimxml port command.
set cimxml port port
port | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up a CIM XML port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set cimxml port 10 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
To specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted, use the set clear-action command.
set clear-action { delete | retain }
delete | Specifies that fault messages are deleted when cleared. |
retain | Specifies that fault messages are retained when cleared. |
None
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted
This example shows how to configure retention of cleared fault messages for 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Command |
Description |
set retention-interval |
|
show fault policy |
|
To select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate, use the set cli suppress-field-spillover command.
set cli suppress-field-spillover { off | on }
off | Command output lines wrap in the terminal window. |
on | Command output lines truncate at the end of the terminal window. |
Command output lines wrap in the terminal window.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate to fit the width of the terminal window.
This example shows how to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate:
Switch-A# scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover on Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect mezz cards in 1/6(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:ComputeBladeDiscover:NicPresence) Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R esult: end-point-unavailable Code: unspecified Message: sendSamDmeAdapterInfo: i dentify failed Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover off Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set cli suppress-headers |
|
set cli table-field-delimiter |
|
To display or suppress headers in command output tables, use the set cli suppress-headers command.
set cli suppress-headers { off | on }
off | Table headers are displayed. |
on | Table headers are not displayed. |
Table headers are displayed.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display or suppress headers in command output tables.
This example shows how to suppress headers in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task FSM Task: Item ID Completion FSM Flags ---------------- -------- ------------ --------- Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-headers on Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task FSM Task: Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set suppress field spillover |
|
set suppress table field delimiter |
|
To select the delimeter between fields in command output tables, use the set cli table-field-delimiter command.
set cli table-field-delimiter { comma | none }
comma | Add commas to separate fields in command output tables. |
none | Use spaces to separate fields in command output tables. |
Spaces are used to separate fields in command output tables.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to select the delimeter between fields in command output tables.
This example shows how to select commas to separate fields in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task FSM Task: Item ID Completion FSM Flags ---------------- -------- ------------ --------- Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled Switch-A /monitoring # set cli table-field-delimiter comma Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task FSM Task: ,Item,ID,Completion,FSM Flags ----------------,--------,------------,--------- Powercycle,1154858,Scheduled, BiosRecovery,1154860,Scheduled, Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set cli suppress field spillover |
|
set cli suppress headers |
|
To set the memory clock speed, use the set clock command.
set clock { number | unspec }
number | Memory clock speed, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
unspec | Specifies unspecified speed. |
None
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the memory clock speed:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set clock 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To manually configure the system clock, use the set clock command.
set clock month date year hour minute second
month | Enter the three-letter abbreviation for the month. |
date | Enter a date from 1 to 31. |
year | Enter the full year. |
hour | Enter the hour from 0 to 23. |
minute | Enter the minute from 0 to 59. |
second | Enter the seconds from 0 to 59. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to manually set the system clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set clock apr 14 2010 15 27 00 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
set timezone |
|
show clock |
|
To specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system, use the set collection-interval command.
set collection-interval { 1minute | 2minutes | 30seconds | 5minutes }
1minute | Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute. |
2minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of two minutes. |
30seconds | Statistics are collected at an interval of thirty seconds. |
5minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of five minutes. |
Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute.
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system. You can specify the collection interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
This example shows how to set the port statistics collection interval to five minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set collection-interval 5minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Command |
Description |
set reporting-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
To specify the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination, use the set community command.
set community community
community | Specifies the SNMPv1/v2c community string or the SNMPv3 username for the trap destination. Enter up to 32 characters with no spaces. |
None
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the community access string to permit access to the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap destination. If SNMPv1/v2c is configured, the community argument is used as the community string. If SNMPv3 is configured, it is used as the msgUserName value.
This example shows how to set the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # set community Community28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
To configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate, use the set comp-queue count command.
set comp-queue count count
count | Number of queue resources. |
The completion queue count is 2.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate. Configure a count between 1 and 521. In general, the number of completion queues equals the number of transmit queues plus the number of receive queues.
This example shows how to configure the number of completion queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
To set a maximum number of concurrent tasks that can be processed by either the one-time or the periodic schedule, use the set concur-tasks command.
set concur-tasks { concur-jobs | unlimited }
concur-jobs | This option specifies the maximum number of concurrent tasks that the schedule can process. The value must be a number between 0 - 65535. |
unlimited | This option indicates that the schedule can run any number of concurrent tasks. |
None
One-time occurrence of a schedule (/system/schedule/one-time)
Periodic occurrence of a schedule (/system/schedule/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule, be it one-time or periodic, must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the number of concurrent jobs for a one-time occurrence of a schedule to 23.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence one-time Testing Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time # set concur jobs 23 Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Command |
Description |
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence periodic |
|
To set the serial port transmission speed of a serial port used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config baud-rate command.
set console-redir-config baud-rate { 115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | platform-default }
115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | Specifies the serial port baud rate. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
If a serial port can be used for management tasks, use this command to set the serial port transmission speed so that it matches the rate of the remote terminal application.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks and operates at 19200 baud:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config baud-rate 19200 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config console-redir command.
set console-redir-config console-redir { disabled | serial-port-a | serial-port-b | platform-default }
disabled | Serial ports cannot be used for management tasks. |
serial-port-a | Serial port A is configured for management tasks. |
serial-port-b | Serial port B is configured for management tasks. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To configure a flow control policy for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config flow-control command.
set console-redir-config flow-control { none | platform-default | rts-cts }
none | Use this option to not set a flow control policy. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the flow control policy to the platform default option. |
rts-cts | Use this option to set the flow control policy to RTS-CTS. |
None
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the flow control policy of the console redirection configuration to RTS-CTS.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config flow-control rts-cts Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir |
|
set console-redir-config terminal-type |
|
To configure the legacy operating system redirection for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir command.
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable the legacy OS redirection policy. |
enabled | Use this option to enable the legacy OS redirection policy. |
platform-default | Use this option to configure the platform default option. |
None
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to enable the legacy OS redirection for the console redirection configuration.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir enable Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config flow-control |
|
set console-redir-config terminal-type |
|
To set a terminal type for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config terminal-type command.
set console-redir-config terminal-type { pc-ansi | platform-default | vt-utf8 | vt100 | vt100-plus }
pc-ansi | Use this option to set the terminal type to Pc Ansi. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the terminal type to the platform default. |
vt-utf8 | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt Utf8. |
vt100 | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt100. |
vt100-plus | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt100 Plus. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the terminal type to platform default.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config terminal-type platform-default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config flow-control |
|
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir |
|
To configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization, use the set contact command.
set contact contact
contact | The name of the primary contact person. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization. The contact name will be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 255 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
This example shows how to configure a primary contact name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contact "Jane Doe" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To configure the customer contract ID for the monitored equipment, use the set contract-id command.
set contract-id contract-id
contract-id | Customer contract identifier. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the customer contract ID to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. The ID can contain up to 512 characters.
This example shows how to configure the customer contract ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contract-id ExampleCorp1234 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server, use the set core-export-target path command.
set core-export-target path path
path | Specifies a path on the remote server. |
None
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server. The path can be up to 512 characters.
This example shows how to specify the remote server path for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target path /root/CoreFiles/core switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP, use the set core-export-target port command.
set core-export-target port port
port | Specifies the port number to be used for the TFTP transfer. |
The standard TFTP port number (69) is used.
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535; the default is 69, the standard TFTP port number.
This example shows how to specify the port number on the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target port 45000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-description command.
set core-export-target server-description description
description | A description of the remote server that stores the core file. |
None
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file. The description can be up to 256 characters. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks (" "). The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
This example shows how to provide a description of the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-description CoreFile102.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-name command.
set core-export-target server-name server-name
server-name | The name or IP address of the remote server. |
None
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file. The server name can be up to 255 characters.
This example shows how to specify the remote server name for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-name 192.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To specify whether the system uses continuous correctable error logging, use the set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config command.
set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config correctable-memory-error-log-threshold { allerror | regularlogscheme | platform-default }
allerror | Whenever a corrected error occurs in the server platform, the BIOS generates an SEL event immediately. |
regularlogscheme | The BIOS accumulates the threshold number of (currently 10) correctible errors and generates one SEL event when number of errors exceeds threshold. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the system uses continuous correctable error logging.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that an SEL event is generated immediately when a correctable error occurs:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config correctible-memory-error-log-threshold allerror switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set up CoS (Class of Service), use the set cos command.
set cos { cos | any }
cos | Class of Service. The range of valid values is 0 to 6. |
any | Specifies any level of CoS. |
None
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel QoS (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the priority of traffic. A higher value indicates more important traffic. Setting CoS at 6 specifies the most important traffic.
This example shows how to set up CoS:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set cos 6 switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To configure customer identifier (ID) information for Call Home messages, use the set customer-id command.
set customer-id customer-id
customer-id | Customer identifier text information. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure customer identifier information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters.
This example shows how to configure the customer ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set customer-id ExampleCorp switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To set up a data center, use the set data-center command.
set data-center datacenter-name
datacenter-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
To set up a data center folder, use the set data-center-folder command.
set data-center-folder datacenter-folder-name
datacenter-folder-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up a data center folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center-folder dcf1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Command |
Description |
show data-center-folder |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
To set specific parameters such as month, day, date and time for a one-time maintenance window, use the set date command.
set date { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } dayofmonth year hour minute
apr | Use this option to specify the month April for the maintenance window. |
aug | Use this option to specify the month August for the maintenance window. |
dec | Use this option to specify the month December for the maintenance window. |
feb | Use this option to specify the month February for the maintenance window. |
jan | Use this option to specify the month January for the maintenance window. |
jul | Use this option to specify the month July for the maintenance window. |
jun | Use this option to specify the month June for the maintenance window . |
mar | Use this option to specify the month March for the maintenance window . |
may | Use this option to specify the month May for the maintenance window. |
nov | Use this option to specify the month November for the maintenance window. |
oct | Use this option to specify the month October for the maintenance window. |
sep | Use this option to specify the month September for the maintenance window. |
dayofmonth | Use this option to specify a day of the month when this maintenance window must run. The range of valid values is between 1 - 31. |
year | Use this option to specify the year in which this maintenance window must run. The range of valid values is between 1900 - 29999 |
hour | Use this option to specify the hour in which this maintenance window must run. The range of valid values is between 0 - 23 hours. |
minute | Use this option to specify the exact minute at which this maintenance window must run. The range of valid values is between 0 - 59. |
None
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a one-time maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the parameters for the one-time maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Sample Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window one-time Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time # set date nov 22 2010 3 45 Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time #
Command |
Description |
create maint-window one-time |
|
show maint-window one-time |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
To set a day of the week that the periodic maintenance window must run, use the set day command.
set day set day { Friday | Monday | Saturday | Sunday | Thursday | Tuesday | Wednesday | even-day | every-day | never | odd-day }
Friday | Use this option to set Friday for the maintenance window. |
Monday | Use this option to set Monday for the maintenance window. |
Saturday | Use this option to set Saturday for the maintenance window. |
Sunday | Use this option to set Sunday for the maintenance window. |
Thursday | Use this option to set Thursday for the maintenance window. |
Tuesday | Use this option to set Tuesday for the maintenance window. |
Wednesday | Use this option to set Wednesday for the maintenance window. |
even-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run on every even day of the week. |
every-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run every day of the week. |
never | Use this option to not set a day for the maintenance window to run. |
odd-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run on every odd day of the week. |
None
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a periodic maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a day for a periodic maintenance window to run.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Sample Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Testing Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set day Friday Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
To specify the class property threshold value for de-escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set deescalating value
value | The property value at which the event will be de-escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
None
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C, de-escalating the warning at 49° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set deescalating 49.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Command |
Description |
set escalating |
|
To set a default gateway for an external static IP address, use the set default-gw command.
set default-gw default-gw
default-gw | The IP address of the default gateway. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
None
External static IP address within CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
External static IP address within Service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a default gateway for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set default-gw 1.2.3.4 Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set subnet |
|
To set the current interface or VLAN as the default network, use the set default-net command.
set default-net { no | yes }
no | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is not the default network. |
yes | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is the default network. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ/eth-if)
VMware port profile VLAN (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/port-profiles/port-profile/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the current interface or VLAN as the default network.
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface and make the interface the default network:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # set default-net yes switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vlan |
|
To enable or disable default zoning for a VSAN, use the set default-zoning command.
set defaultzoning { disabled | enabled }
disabled | Use this option to disable default zoning. |
enabled | Use this option to enable default zoning. |
None
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the default zoning for VSAN.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan # set defaultzoning enabled Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Command |
Description |
set fcoe-vlan |
|
set id |
|
To set a description, use the set descr command.
set descr description
description | Description. Enter up to 256 characters. |
None
Backup (/system/backup)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Statistics threshold policy under organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
VMM provider (/system/vm-mgmt/vmm-provider)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
SoL (/org/service-profile/sol)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
Ethernet policy (/org/eth-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
PSU policy (/org/psu-policy)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Local disk configuration under organization (/org/local-disk-config)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Chassis discovery policy under organization (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
SoL policy (/org/sol-policy)
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Firmware host pack under organization (/org/fw-host-pack)
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Server inherit policy under organization (/org/server-inherit-policy)
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output
This example shows how to set a description:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot100 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set descr bootOnce switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show detail |
|
To set the description of the VCenter server, use the set description command.
set description server-description
server-description | The description of the server. |
The description field is left empty.
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The description of the VCenter server should be a unique set of numbers, letters, or a combination of numbers and letters that identifies the server. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
This example shows how to set the description of the VCenter server:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set description marketingVCenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To set up a description for a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the set descr command.
set descr policy-description
policy-description | The description of the policy. |
None
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Provides a description for the vNIC/vHBA placement profile. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
This example shows how to set up a description for a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org # set descr "Control policy for vNIC 1 and 2" switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To specify the organization for which the server is to be used, use the set destination org command.
used
set destination org destination
destination | Organization name. |
None
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the organization for which the server is to be used.
This example shows how to specify the organization for which the server is to be used:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org* # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
To configure access to the direct cache, use the set direct-cache-access-config access command.
set direct-cache-access-config access { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable direct cache access. |
enabled | Use this option to enable direct cache access. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the platform default choice as the direct cache access policy. |
None
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to enable direct cache access.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set direct-cache-access-config access enabled Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
To set the direction for the monitor source session, use the set direction command.
set direction { both | receive | transmit }
both | Use this option to set the direction of the session to include both, receive and transmit. |
receive | Use this option to set the direction to only receive. |
transmit | Use this option to set the direction to only transmit. |
None
Monitor source session within fabric interface in Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the fabric interface of Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface/mon-src)
Monitor source session within VHBA of a service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba/mon-src)
Monitor source session within VNIC of a service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src)
Monitor source session within external Ethernet interface of the adapter (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the Fibre Channel mode of a fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fc/mon-src)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A monitor source session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the direction of the monitor source session to receive and transmit.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic test Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # scope mon-src example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src # set direction both Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Command |
Description |
create mon-src |
|
To set storage method, use the set diskless command.
set diskless { no | unspecified | yes }
no | Use this option to not set the diskless method for storage. |
unspecified | Use this option to not specify a method for storage. |
yes | Use this option to specify the diskless method of storage. |
None
Storage within Server pool policy qualification (/org/server-qual/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A server pool policy qualification must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the diskless storage for a server pool policy qualification.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope server-qual sample Switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set diskless yes Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
set blocksize |
|
set maxcap |
|
set mincap |
|
set numberofblocks |
|
set perdiskcap |
|
set units |
|
To specify whether the local disks are erased when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set disk-scrub command.
set disk-scrub { no | yes }
no | Disables disk scrub. The disk contents are preserved. |
yes | Enables disk scrub. The disk contents are erased. |
Disk scrub is disabled.
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the local disk contents are erased or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
This example shows how to set disk scrub:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set disk-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-inherit-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
To specify a domain name, use the set domain-name command.
set domain-name domain-name
domain-name | The name of the domain. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify a domain name. Enter up to 255 characters.
This example shows how to specify a domain name:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set domain-name example.com switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show domain-name |
|
To specify whether the channel can drop packets, use the set drop command.
set drop { drop | no-drop }
drop | The channel can drop packets. |
no-drop | The channel cannot drop packets. |
None
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Note |
Only one system class can use the no-drop option. |
This example shows how to specify that the QoS bronze class channel can drop packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set drop drop switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
To specify which port profile a DVS is applied to, use the set dvs command.
set dvs folder-name
folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Client (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to specify which port profile a DVS is applied to:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client cl100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client # set dvs dvs100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
To configure the number of dynamic vNICs, use the set dynamic-eth command.
set dynamic-eth { dynamic-eth | off }
dynamic-eth | Specifies the number of dynamic vNICs. Enter a value from 0 to 88. |
off | Dynamic vNICs are not available. |
54 dynamic vNICs are available.
Dynamic vNIC connectivity policy (/org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connection (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of dynamic vNICs.
This example shows how to configure 30 dynamic vNICs:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org/ # scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy test30a switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy # set dynamic-eth 30 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show hv-conn |
|
To configure a primary contact email address, use the set email command.
set email email
Email address. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a primary contact email address to be included in Call Home messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>.
This example shows how to configure a primary contact email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show event |
|
To select whether the vNIC name is enforced, use the set enforce-vnic-name command.
set enforce-vnic-name { no | yes }
no | The vNIC name is not enforced. |
yes | The vNIC name is enforced. |
The vNIC name is not enforced.
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enforce the vNIC name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set enforce-vnic-name yes switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
To specify whether Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled, use the set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config command.
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency. |
enabled | The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology that allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency, which can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To configure the Fibre Channel error detection timeout, use the set error-recovery error-detect-timeout command.
set error-recovery error-detect-timeout error-detect-timeout
error-detect-timeout | Timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel error detection timeout.
This example shows how to configure an error detection timeout of 2 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery error-detect-timeout 2000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery, use the set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery command.
set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery { disabled | enabled }
disabled | FCP error recovery is disabled. |
enabled | FCP error recovery is enabled. |
Disabled
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery.
This example shows how to enable FCP error recovery:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery enabled switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To configure a link down timeout, use the set error-recovery link-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery link-down-timeout link-down-timeout
link-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a link down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
This example shows how to configure a link down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery link-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To configure the number of port down I/O retries, use the set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count command.
set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count port-down-io-retry-count
port-down-io-retry-count | The number of retries. |
The number of retries is 8.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of port down I/O retries. Enter a value between 0 and 255.
This example shows how to configure 100 port down I/O retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To configure a port down timeout, use the set error-recovery port-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery port-down-timeout port-down-timeout
port-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a port down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
This example shows how to configure a port down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout, use the set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout command.
set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout resource-allocation-timeout
resource-allocation-timeout | Timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout.
This example shows how to configure a resource allocation timeout of 2 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout 2000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
To specify the class property threshold value for escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set escalating value
value | The property value at which the event will be escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
None
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Command |
Description |
set deescalating |
|
To set the execute disable bit for a BIOS policy, use the set execute-disable bit command.
set execute-disable bit { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable the bit for a BIOS policy. |
enabled | Use this option to enable the bit for a BIOS policy. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the platform default option for a bit of the BIOS policy. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the bit for a BIOS Policy to the platform default option.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy Sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set execute-disable bit platform-default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
create org |
|
To set the expiration date, use the set expiration command.
set expiration { never | { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } day year }
never | Specifies |
apr | Specifies April. |
aug | Specifies August. |
dec | Specifies December. |
feb | Specifies February. |
jan | Specifies January. |
jul | Specifies July. |
jun | Specifies June. |
mar | Specifies March. |
may | Specifies May. |
nov | Specifies November. |
oct | Specifies October. |
sep | Specifies September. |
day | Day. |
year | Year. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the date the user account expires.
This example shows how to set the expiration date:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1 switch-A /security/local-user # set expiration 30 nov switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To set an external management IP address state for a service profile, use the set ext-mgmt-ip-state command.
set ext-mgmt-ip-state { none | pooled | static }
none | This option does not set an external management IP state for the service profile. |
pooled | This option sets an external management pooled IP address state for the service profile. |
static | This option sets an external management static IP address state for the service profile. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the external management IP address state as pooled for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile default Switch-A /org/service-profile # set ext-mgmt-ip-state pooled Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
scope ext-pooled-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
To specify the fabric connection for a vHBA or vNIC template, use the set fabric command.
set fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a }
a | Specifies fabric A. |
a-b | Specifies redundant operation with fabric A as primary. |
b | Specifies fabric A. |
b-a | Specifies redundant operation with fabric B as primary. |
The interface connects to Fabric A.
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the fabric connection for a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template. The redundant options are available only for vNICs.
This example shows how to specify a fabric B connection for a vNIC template.
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set fabric b switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To configure the availability time before the system resumes use of a recovered primary interface, use the set failover timeout command.
set failover timeout timeout
timeout | Number of seconds that the recovered interface must be available before it can be used. |
The failover timeout is 5 seconds.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
After the primary interface of a vNIC has recovered from a failure, the system waits the duration of the failover timeout before switching back from the secondary interface to the primary interface. Use this command to set the failover timeout, specifying how long the primary interface must be available before the system resumes using the primary interface. Enter a number of seconds between 0 and 600.
This example shows how to configure a 60 second failover timeout for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set failover timeout 60 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set fc-if name command.
set fc-if name name
name | Interface name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
None
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
This example shows how to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set fc-if name if10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
To enable FCoE for the specified VLAN, use the set fcoe-vlan command.
set fcoe-vlan { fcoe-vlan | default }
fcoe-vlan | Specifies the VLAN number for enabling FCoE. |
default | FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN. |
FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN.
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The range of valid values was modified from 4048 - 4093 to 4049 - 4093. |
Use this command to enable Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) for the specified VLAN or the default VLAN. Valid ranges for the VLAN are 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093.
This example enables FCoE for VLAN 1000:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink fc1000 switch-A /fc-uplink # scope vsan vsTest 1000 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan # set fcoe-vlan 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Command |
Description |
show vsan |
|
To set a native VLAN identification number for the Fibre Channel storage device, use the set fcoe-storage-native-vlan command.
set fcoe-storage-native-vlan fcoe-storage-native-vlan id
fcoe-storage-native-vlan id | The ID of the native Fibre Channel over Ethernet storage device. Valid ranges for the VLAN are 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093 |
None
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set a native VLAN identification number for the Fibre Channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # set fcoe-storage-native-vlan 44 Switch-A /fc-storage* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage #
Command |
Description |
show |
|
To specify the size limit of the management logging file, use the set file size command.
set file size size
size | Specifies the file size limit. The range is 1000000 (1M) to 10000000 (10M) bytes; the default is 5242880 bytes. |
The file size limit is 5242880 bytes.
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the size limit of the management logging file.
This example shows how to specify the size limit of the management logging file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set file size 10000000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
To set up a filter, use the set filter command.
set filter name
name | Filter name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
None
LDAP (/security/ldap)
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP server command mode (/security/ldap/server). |
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified filter.
This example shows how to set up a filter:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set filter domainNames switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To set the first name, use the set firstname command.
set firstname name
name | First name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the first name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1 switch-A /security/local-user # set firstname bob switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To configure the length of time the system waits before changing a fault state, use the set flap-interval command.
set flap-interval seconds
seconds | Specifies the interval during which the fault state is not allowed to change again after a state change. The range is 5 to 3600 seconds; the default is 10 seconds. |
None
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Flapping occurs when a fault is raised and cleared several times in rapid succession. To prevent flapping, use the set flap-interval command to freeze the fault state until the flapping interval has elapsed after the last state change. If the fault is raised again during the flapping interval, it returns to the active state; otherwise, the fault is cleared.
This example shows how to configure the fault state flap interval to 10 seconds:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set flap-interval 10 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Command |
Description |
show fault policy |
|
To set up a flow control policy, use the set flow-control-policy command.
set flow-control-policy name
name | Flow control policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Interface (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up a flow control policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1 2 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface # set flow-control-policy fcp110 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show port-channel |
|
To set up a folder, use the set folder command.
set folder folder-name
folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses, use the set forged-transmit command.
set forged-transmit { allow | deny }
allow | Specifies that the server is allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
deny | Specifies that the server is not allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
Forged transmit is allowed.
MAC security (org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses by the server when sending frames. When port security is enabled in the network, MAC address forging should be disabled for the vNICs. You can include the set forged-transmit command in a network control policy and then apply the policy in a vNIC service profile.
This example shows how to create a network control policy that disables the forging of MAC addresses:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # create nw-ctrl-policy testPolicy switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # create mac-security switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # set forged-transmit deny switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
To configure the format of Call Home messages, use the set format command.
set format { fulltxt | shorttxt | xml }
fulltxt | Specifies the long text format. |
shorttxt | Specifies the short text format. |
xml | Specifies the XML format. This is the default format. |
Messages are sent in XML format.
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was modified to add the fulltxt keyword. |
Full text— Provides a fully formatted message with detailed information that is suitable for human reading.
Short text—Provides a one or two line description of the fault that is suitable for printed reports or for communication with mobile devices.
XML— Provides the Adaptive Messaging Language (AML) XML data structure required for communication with the Cisco Technical Assistance Center. The AML XML schema definition (XSD) is published on the Cisco website. XML is the default format.
This example shows how to configure Call Home messages for XML format:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set format xml switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages, use the set from-email command.
set from-email from-email
from-email | Email address. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
This example shows how to configure a From email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set from-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To specify whether the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server, use the set front-panel-lockout-config command.
set front-panel-lockout-config front-panel-lockout { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The power and reset buttons on the front panel are active and can be used to affect the server. |
enabled | The power and reset buttons are locked out. The server can only be reset or powered on or off from the CIMC GUI. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set front-panel-lockout-config front-panel-lockout enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set up a host, use the set host command.
set host host-name
host-name | The name of the host. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To set the CoS control for a host, use the set host-cos-control command.
set host-cos-control { full | none }
full | To set the CoS control to full for a host. |
none | To not set the CoS control for a host. |
None
Egress Policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A QoS policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the CoS control to Full for a host.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope qos-policy sample Switch-A /org/qos-policy # scope egress-policy Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy # set host-cos-control full Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
To set the host firmware policy, use the set host-fw-policy command.
set host-fw-policy name
name | Host firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified host firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the host firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set host-fw-policy hostFP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show service-profile |
|
To set the host net IO performance for a port-profile, use the set host-nwio-perf command.
set host-nwio-perf { high-performance | none }
high-performance | To set the host net IO performance to high performance. |
none | To not set a performance limit for the host net IO. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A port profile must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the host net IO performance to high performance.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile sample Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # set host-nwio-perf high-performance Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
create port-profile |
|
To set the server hostname, use the set hostname command.
set hostname host-name
host-name | The host name fo the server. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced for callhome mode. |
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced for vcenter mode. |
For callhome mode, the fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SMTP server. For vcenter mode, the hostname or IP address of the VCenter server. Enter an IP address using the format X.X.X.X, or a host name of up to 512 characters.
This example shows how to set the SMTP server host name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set hostname smtp.example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
set port |
|
show callhome |
|
To create a host name, use the set hostname command in server mode.
set hostname host-name
host-name | The name of the server. The name can be a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 255. The format for an IP address is N.N.N.N. |
None
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to create a host name for the VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set hostname marComm10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
To set an hour for the periodic maintenance window, use the set hour command.
set hour { hour | every-hour }
hour | Use this option to specify a specific hour at which this maintenance window must run. The value must be between 0 - 24. |
every-hour | Use this option to configure the maintenance window to run every hour. |
None
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a periodic maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the hour for a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set hour every-hour Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Command |
Description |
set date |
|
set concur-jobs |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
To set up an HTTP port, use the set http port command.
set http port port
port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set http port 100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
To set up an HTTPS keyring, use the set https keyring command.
set https keyring keyring
keyring | Keyring name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
When the HTTPS keyring is modified using the set https keyring command, all current HTTP and HTTPS sessions will be closed without any warning.
This example shows how to set up an HTTPS keyring:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set https keyring kr100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show keyring |
|
To set up an HTTPS port, use the set https port command.
set https port port
port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set https port 200 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
To specify whether Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled, use the set hyper-threading-config command.
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The processor does not permit the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
enabled | The processor allows the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Hyper-Threading Technology, which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set an ID for a VSAN, use the set id command.
set id id
ID | The ID for the VSAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
None
VSAN (fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to add an ID for a VSAN.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope vsan Test Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan # set id 22 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan * # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan #
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
To configure a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC, use the set identity dynamic-mac command.
set identity dynamic-mac { dynamic-mac | derived }
dynamic-mac | Specifies a unique MAC address in the form nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn. |
derived | Derive the MAC address from a pool, if available, or from a MAC address burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
The MAC address is derived.
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a dynamic MAC address for a virtual NIC (vNIC).
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity dynamic-mac 01:23:45:67:89:ab
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
set identity mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic UUID, use the set identity dynamic-uuid command.
set identity dynamic-uuid { dynamic-uuid | derived }
dynamic-uuid | Specifies a unique UUID in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn-nnnnnnnnnnnn. |
derived | Derive the UUID from a pool, if available, or from the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
The dynamic UUID is derived.
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID) in a service profile.
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
This example shows how to specify a dynamic UUID for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-uuid 01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
set identity uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWNN, use the set identity dynamic-wwnn command.
set identity dynamic-wwnn { dynamic-wwnn | derived }
dynamic-wwnn | Create a unique WWNN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
derived | Derive the WWNN from a pool, if available, or from a WWNN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
The dynamic WWNN is derived.
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide node name (WWNN) for vHBAs in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
The following example shows how to configure a dynamic WWNN for vHBAs in a service profile
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-wwnn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
set identity wwnn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWPN, use the set identity dynamic-wwpn command.
set identity dynamic-wwpn { dynamic-wwpn | derived }
dynamic-wwpn | Create a unique WWPN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
derived | Derive the WWPN from a WWPN pool, if available, or from a WWPN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
The dynamic WWPN is derived.
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide port name (WWPN) for a vHBA in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWPNs for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
This example shows how to configure a dynamic WWPN for a vHBA in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity dynamic-wwpn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
set identity wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
set identity mac-pool mac-pool
mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC in a service profile.
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address pool for a vNIC in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity mac-pool MyMacPool3
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
create mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
set identity uuid-suffix-pool uuid-suffix-pool
uuid-suffix-pool | Name of a UUID suffix pool. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of universally unique identifier (UUID) suffixes for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
This example shows how to specify a UUID suffix pool for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity uuid-suffix-pool MyUuidPool3
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile |
|
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
set identity wwnn-pool wwnn-pool
wwnn-pool | Name of a WWNN pool. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide node names (WWNN) for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
This example shows how to specify a WWNN pool for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity wwnn-pool MyWwnnPool3
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create wwn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
set identity wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. |
None
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA in a service profile.
This example shows how to specify a dynamic WWPN pool for a vHBA in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
create wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
To specify whether Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled, use the set intel-turbo-boost-config command.
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The processor never increases its frequency automatically. |
enabled | The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology, which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power, temperature, or voltage specifications.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled, use the set intel-vt-config command.
set intel-vt-config vt { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The processor does not permit virtualization. |
enabled | The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology, which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions.
Note |
If you change this option, you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect. |
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-config vt enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled, use the set intel-vt-directed-io-config command.
set intel-vt-directed-io-config { ats-support | coherency-support | interrupt-remapping | passthrough-dma | vtd } { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
ats-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Address Translation Services (ATS). |
coherency-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Coherency. |
interrupt-remapping | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping. |
passthrough-dma | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Passthrough DMA. |
vtd | Specifies processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O. |
disabled | Processor support for the feature is disabled. |
enabled | Processor support for the feature is enabled. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled with Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config vtd enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config interrupt-remapping enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To configure the waiting time for interrupt coalescing, use the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
set interrupt coalescing-time coalescing-time
coalescing-time | Enter a value between 1 and 65535 µsec. To turn off coalescing, enter 0 (zero). |
The interrupt coalescing time is 125 µsec.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the time to wait between interrupts or the idle period that must be encountered before an interrupt is sent. The coalescing behavior is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-type |
|
show eth-policy |
|
To configure the interrupt coalescing behavior, use the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
set interrupt coalescing-type { idle | min }
idle | The system waits for a period of inactivity exceeding the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
min | The system waits for the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
The interrupt coalescing type is min.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the interrupt coalescing behavior. The coalescing time period for waiting is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-time |
|
show eth-policy |
|
To configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate, use the set interrupt count command.
set interrupt count count
count | Enter a value between 1 and 514. |
The interrupt count is 4.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate. In general, you should allocate one interrupt resource for each completion queue.
This example shows how to configure the interrupt resources of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt count 32 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To configure the interrupt mode, use the set interrupt mode command.
set interrupt mode { intx | msi | msi-x }
intx | Line interrupt |
msi | Message-Signaled Interrupt (MSI ) |
msi-x | Extended Message-Signaled Interrupt |
The interrupt mode is msi-x.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to configure the interrupt mode of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt mode msi switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages, use the set interval-days command.
set interval-days days
days | Number of days between inventory messages. |
None
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages. The range is 0 to 30 days; the default is 7 days.
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
To set the IPMI access profile, use the set ipmi-access-profile command.
set ipmi-access-profile name
name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified IPMI access profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set ipmi-access-profile iaP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
To mark a member-port as a native VLAN, use the set isnative command.
set isnative { no | yes }
no | Use this option to not set a member-port as the native VLAN. |
yes | Use this option to set a member-port as the native VLAN. |
None
Member port (eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set a member port as a native vlan.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope vlan test Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan # scope member-port a 1 2 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port # set isnative yes Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port #
Command |
Description |
create member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
To set the server key for connecting to an authentication server, use the set key command.
set key
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
Server under RADIUS (/security/radius/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
When you enter this command, you are prompted to type a key value twice. When you type the key on the command line, it does not display.
The key can be up to 33 characters.
This example shows how to set a key in server under LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set key Enter the key: Confirm the key: switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
To set up the master extension key, use the set key command in extension-key mode.
set key key-name
key-name | The name of the key. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the key. The range of valid values is 1 to 33. |
None
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up the master extension key:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key # set key K1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
To set the user name last name, use the set lastname command.
set lastname name
name | Last name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the user name last name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1 switch-A /security/local-user # set lastname foo switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency, use the set level command.
set level { disaster | fatal | critical | major | minor | warning | notification | normal | debug }
disaster | Disaster level (8) |
fatal | Fatal level (7) |
critical | Critical level (6) |
major | Major level (5) |
minor | Minor level (4) |
warning | Warning level (3) |
notification | Notification level (2) |
normal | Normal level (1) |
debug | Debug level (0) |
The default level is Normal.
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency. Select the minimum urgency level for generating a Call Home message, with Disaster (8) being the highest urgency and Debug (0) being the lowest. Any message with a level value lower than the configured urgency level is not sent.
This example shows how to set a threshold urgency level of Critical for sending Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set level critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To set the local disk policy, use the set local-disk-policy command.
set local-disk-policy name
name | Local disk policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified local disk policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the local disk policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set local-disk-policy ldiskP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
To set a LUN name, use the set lun command.
set lun name
name | LUN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
SAN image path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set a LUN name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10a switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/service-profile/storage/san-image/path # set lun lun100 switch-A /org/service-profile/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/path #
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show storage |
|
To specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations, use the set lv-dimm-support-config command.
set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode { performance-mode | power-saving-mode | platform-default }
performance-mode | The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations. |
power-saving-mode | The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations. Selecting the power-saving-mode option may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode performance-mode switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set a MAC address for an Ethernet target endpoint, use the set macaddress command.
set macaddress Target MAC address
Target MAC address | The MAC address of the Ethernet target endpoint. It must be in the AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF format. |
None
Ethernet target endpoint (/eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for the fabric interface must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the MAC address for an Ethernet target endpoint.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope eth-target Test Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target # set macaddress 00:0D:L1:56:89:DA Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target #
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
To set up MAC aging, use the set mac aging command.
set mac-aging { number-of-days: number-of-hours: number -of-minutes: number-of-seconds | mode-default | never }
mode-default | The aging time default value for the configured Ethernet switching mode. For end-host mode, the default aging time is 7200 seconds; for switch mode, the default aging time is 300 seconds. |
never | If the aging time is set to never the system will not remove MAC addresses from the table, regardless of how long they have been idle. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The MAC aging time must be set in the dd:hh:mm:ss format.
This example shows how to set up MAC aging:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mac-aging 11 11 59 59 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Command |
Description |
set mode (eth-uplink) |
|
show eth-uplink |
|
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for a vNIC template, use the set mac-pool command.
set mac-pool mac-pool
mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
None
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
This example shows how to specify the MAC address pool for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mac-pool pool192 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vnic-templ |
|
To set a maintenance policy for a service profile, use the set maint-policy command.
set maint-policy maintenance policy name
maintenance policy name | The name of the maintenance policy. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A maintenance policy and a service profile must be created before using this command.
This example shows how to set the maintenance policy for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # set maint-policy default Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
To set the maximum capacity, use the set maxcap command.
set maxcap { max-cap | unspecified }
max-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
None
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity of the memory array.
This example shows how to set the maximum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set maxcap 10000000 switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To set the maximum number of cores, use the set maxcores command.
set maxcores { max-cores | unspecified }
max-cores | Maximum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the maximum number of processor cores.
This example shows how to set the maximum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxcores 100 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set a maximum duration for a one-time or periodic maintenance window, use the set max-duration command.
set max-duration { none | days hours minutes seconds }
none | Use this option to not set any day for the maintenance window. |
days | Use this option to set a number of days for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 4294967294. |
hours | Use this option to set the hour for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 23. |
minutes | Use this option to set the minutes for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
seconds | Use this option to set the seconds for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
None
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the maximum duration for a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set max-duration 23 4 45 6 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set date |
|
set minute |
|
set min-interval |
|
set proc-cap |
|
To configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set max-field-size command.
set max-field-size max-field-size
max-field-size | The maximum data field size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2048. |
The maximum data field size is 2048 bytes.
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
This example shows how to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set max-field-size 512 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
To set the maximum number of HTTP user sessions on the system, use the set max-http-user-sessions command.
set max-http-user-sessions max http user sessions
max http user sessions | The maximum number of HTTP user sessions. The value must be a numeral. |
None
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The value for this command must be a number. You cannot enter an alphanumeric string or enter special characters.
This example shows how to set the maximum number of HTTP user sessions to 20.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # set max-http-user-session 20 Switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
set enforce-strong-password |
|
set password |
|
set remote-user |
|
set sshkey |
|
To set the maximum, use the set maximum command.
set maximum { maximum | unspecified }
maximum | Maximum |
unspecified | Specifies unspecified maximum. |
None
Capacity qualification (/org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity for the selected adapter type.
This example shows how to set the maximum:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # set maximum 100 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
To set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use, use the set max-ports command.
set max-ports maximun-number
maximun-number | The maximum number of ports. The range of valid values is 1 to 4096. |
None
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The maximum number of ports that can be associated with a single distributed virtual switch (DVS) is 4096. If the DVS has only one associated port profile, that port profile can be configured with up to 4096 ports. However, if the DVS has more than one associated port profile, the total number of ports associated with all of those port profiles combined cannot exceed 4096.
This example shows how to set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # set max-ports 100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
To configure the maximum memory usage of a BIOS policy to be below 4GB, use the set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory command.
set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | To disable the maximum memory configuration. |
enabled | To enable the maximum memory configuration. |
platform-default | To set the memory configuration to the platform default option. |
None
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be configured in the organization command mode to use this command.
This example shows how to set the maximum memory configuration to the platform default option.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show max-memory-below-4gb-config |
|
To set the maximum number of processors, use the set maxprocs command.
set maxprocs { maxprocs | unspecified }
max-procs | Maximum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxprocs 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages, use the set maxsize command.
set maxsize maxsize
maxsize | Maximum message size in bytes. |
None
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages. The range is 0 to 5000000 bytes; the default is 1000000.
For full-text and xml messages, the maximum recommended size is 5000000. For short-text messages, the maximum recommended size is 100000. For messages sent to CiscoTAC-1, the maximum message size must be 5000000.
This example shows how to set a maximum Call Home message size of 10000 bytes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set maxsize 10000 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
set format |
|
show callhome |
|
To set the maximum number of threads, use the set maxthreads command.
set maxthreads { maxthreads | unspecified }
max-threads | Maximum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the maximum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxthreads 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set the member of attribute for an LDAP group rule, use the set member-of-attribute command.
set member-of-attribute group attribute
Group Attribute | The name of the group attribute that the LDAP group rule must be set with. The value can include a maximum of 63 characters. |
None
LDAP Group Rule (/security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An LDAP server and an LDAP group rule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the member of attribute for an LDAP group rule.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testing Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule # set member-of-attribute Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Command |
Description |
show ldap-group-rule |
|
To enable and configure memory mirroring, use the set memory-mirroring-mode command.
set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode { intersocket | intrasocket | platform-default }
intersocket | Memory is mirrored between two Integrated Memory Controllers (IMCs) across CPU sockets. |
intrasocket | One IMC is mirrored with another IMC in the same socket. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable and configure memory mirroring, which enhances system reliability by keeping two identical data images in memory.
The following example shows how to enable intersocket memory mirroring:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode intersocket switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration, use the set memory-ras-config command.
set memory-ras-config ras-config { lockstep | maximum performance | mirroring | platform-default }
lockstep | Minimizes memory access latency for DIMM pairs. |
maximum performance | System performance is optimized. |
mirroring | System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration.
If the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type, size, and organization and are populated across the SMI channels, you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance. Lockstep is enabled by default for B400 servers.
The following example shows how to configure lockstep mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-ras-config ras-config lockstep switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set the memory sparing mode for a BIOS policy, use the set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode command.
set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode { dimm-sparing | platform-default | rank-sparing }
dimm-sparing | To set the mode to spare the DIMMs. |
platform-default | To set the memory sparing mode to the platform default option. |
rank-sparing | To set the mode to spare the rank. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy mus tbe configured in the Organization command mode to use this command.
This example shows how to set the memory sparing mode to the platform default option.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show memory-sparing-mode |
|
To set the management firmware policy, use the set mgmt-fw-policy command.
set mgmt-fw-policy name
name | Management firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified management firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the management firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set mgmt-fw-policy mfwP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
To set a maximum time limit that the management interface must wait for an ARP responses, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline arp-deadline
arp-deadline | The time limit or deadline that the management interface must wait for an ARP response. The value must be a number. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the maximum time limit to wait for an ARP response to 12.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline 12 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target1 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target2 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target3 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy max-fail-reports |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-count |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
To set a monitoring mechanism for the management interface monitoring policy, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism { ping-arp-targets | ping-gateway | mii-status }
ping-arp-targets | Use this option to monitor all ARP targets that are pinged. |
ping-gateway | Use this option to monitor all ping gateways. |
mii-status | Use this option to monitor all mii-status. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the monitoring mechanism to monitor the ping gateway.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism ping-gateway Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target1 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target2 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target3 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy max-fail-reports |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-counts |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
To set the maximum number of ping requests that can be handled by the management interface, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests ping-requests
ping-requests | The number of ping requests. It must be a number between 1 and 5. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the ping requests to 5.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests 5 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
show mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
To set the polling interval for the management interface monitor settings, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval poll-interval
poll-interval | The polling interval in seconds. The value must be a number between 99 and 300. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the polling interval to 200 seconds.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-min-policy poll-interval 200 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
show mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
To set the minimum capacity, use the set mincap command.
set mincap { mincap | unspec }
min-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
None
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the minimum capacity of the memory array.
This example shows how to set the minimum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set mincap 1000000 switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To set the minimum number of cores, use the set mincores command.
set mincores { mincores | unspecified }
min-cores | Minimum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the minimum number of processor cores.
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set mincores 2 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set a minimum interval for a one-time or periodic maintenance window, use the set min-interval command.
set min-interval { none | hours minutes seconds }
none | Use this option to not set an hour for the maintenance window. |
hours | Use this option to specify the number of hours for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 24. |
minutes | Use this option to specify the number of minutes for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
seconds | Use this option to specify the number of seconds for the maintenance window. |
None
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a minimum interval for a one-time maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window one-time Test Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time # set min-interval 1 22 30 Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time #
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set date |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set proc-cap |
|
To set the minimum number of processors, use the set minprocs command.
set minprocs { min-procs | unspecified }
min-procs | Minimum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minprocs 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set the minimum number of threads, use the set minthreads command.
set minthreads { min-threads | unspecified }
min-threads | Minimum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the minimum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minthreads 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To set a minute for the periodic maintenance window, use the set minute command.
set minute { minute | every-min }
minute | To set a specific minute for the maintenance window. The range of valid values is between 0 - 60. |
every-min | To set the maintenance window to run every minute. |
None
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the minutes for the periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set minute 45 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set day |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set proc-cap |
|
To set the Ethernet switching mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { end-host | switch }
end-host | Specifies end host Ethernet switching mode. |
switch | Specifies switch Ethernet switching mode. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Ethernet switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vNICs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Ethernet switching mode.
This example shows how to set the Ethernet switching mode to end host mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mode end-host switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
To set the Fibre Channel switching mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { end-host | switch }
end-host | Specifies end host Fibre Channel switching mode. |
switch | Specifies switch Fibre Channel switching mode. |
None
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The Fibre Channel switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vHBAs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Fibre Channel switching mode.
This example shows how to set the Fibre Channel switching mode to end host mode:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # set mode end-host switch-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink #
To set the firmware pack mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { one-shot | staged }
one-shot | Specifies one shot. |
staged | Specifies staged. |
None
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host pack (/org/fw-host-pack)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was removed. |
This example shows how to set the firmware pack mode:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack Pack10 switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # set one-shot switch-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-host-pack #
To set the local disk policy mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { any-configuration | no-local-storage | no-raid | raid-0-striped | raid-1-mirrored | raid-5-striped-parity | raid-6-striped-dual-parity | raid10-mirrored-and-striped }
any-configuration | Specifies any configuration for the local disk. |
no-local-storage | Specifies no local storage. |
no-raid | Specifies no RAID configuration on the local disk. |
raid-0-striped | Specifies RAID 0 striping on the local disk. |
raid-1-mirrored | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring on the local disk. |
raid-5-striped-parity | Specifies RAID 5 striping with parity on the local disk. |
raid-6-striped-dual-parity | Specifies RAID 6 striping with dual parity on the local disk. |
raid-10-mirrored-and-striped | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring and striping on the local disk. |
None
Local disk configuration policy under organization (/org/local-disk-config-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The basic raid-mirrored and raid-striped keywords were removed and more specific keywords were added. |
The disk policy configures any optional SAS local drives that have been installed on a server through the onboard RAID controller of the local drive. This policy enables you to set a local disk mode for all servers that are associated with a service profile that includes the local disk configuration policy. The general disk modes include the following:
Any Configuration—For a server configuration that carries forward the local disk configuration without any changes.
No Local Storage—For a diskless workstation or a SAN only configuration. If you select this option, you cannot associate any service profile which uses this policy with a server that has a local disk.
No RAID—For a server configuration that removes the RAID and leaves the disk MBR and payload unaltered.
RAID Mirrored—For a 2-disk RAID 1 server configuration.
RAID Striped—For a 2-disk RAID 0 server configuration.
You must include this policy in a service profile, and that service profile must be associated with a server for it to take effect.
This example shows how to set the local disk configuration mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # enter local-disk-config-policy DiskPolicy12 switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # set mode raid-5-striped-parity switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
To filter model information with a regular expression, use the set model-regex command.
set model-regex regex
regex | A regular expression of up to 256 characters. |
None
Adapter capacity qualification (org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
CPU qualification (/org/server-qual/cpu)
Processor qualification (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The processor qualification mode was replaced by the CPU qualification mode. |
Use this command to implement a server pool qualification filter. You can filter adapter or CPU model information with a regular expression that is compatible with the Perl language.
The following example shows how to create a server pool qualification filter to select only Intel 2.27GHz processors:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create cpu switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # set model-regex Intel.*2.27GHz switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu #
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show cpu |
|
To specify the management logging threshold for a specific module, use the set module command.
set module module-name { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
module-name | Name of a specific module |
crit | Critical (highest) level |
major | Major level |
minor | Minor level |
warn | Warning level |
info | Informational level |
debug4 | Debug 4 level |
debug3 | Debug 3 level |
debug2 | Debug 2 level |
debug1 | Debug 1 level |
debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
The default management logging threshold is info.
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for a specific module. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
This example shows how to specify the management logging threshold to major for a specific module:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set module test13 major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
To select the key length in a keyring, use the set modulus command.
set modulus { mod1024 | mod1536 | mod2048 | mod512 }
mod1024 | The key size is 1024 bits. |
mod1536 | The key size is 1536 bits. |
mod2048 | The key size is 2048 bits. |
mod512 | The key size is 512 bits. |
The key size is 1024 bits.
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to select a key length in a keyring.
This example shows how to select a key length of 1536 bits in a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set modulus mod1536 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
To set an Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), use the set mtu command.
set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }
mtu | MTU. The range of valid values is 1538 to 9216. |
fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
None
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Ethernet default (/eth-server/qos/eth-default)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set an MTU:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set mtu fc switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), use the set mtu command.
set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }
mtu | Specifies an MTU in bytes. The range is 1538 to 9216. |
fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
None
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Following are the MTU settings for fc and normal :
This example shows how to set the MTU:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort # set mtu fc switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To set the MTU of a vNIC, use the set mtu command.
set mtu mtu
mtu | The MTU. The range of valid values is 1500 to 9000. |
The vNIC MTU is 1500.
Virtual NIC service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) of a vNIC (virtual network interface card).
This example shows how to set the MTU for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mtu 9000 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To optimize the class for sending multicast packets, use the set multicast-optimize command.
set multicast-optimize { no | | yes }
no | The class is not optimized for sending multicast packets. |
yes | The class is optimized for sending multicast packets. |
None
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to optimize the class for sending multicast packets.
This example shows how to optimize the QoS bronze class for sending multicast packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set multicast optimize yes switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
To set multicast optimize, use the set multicastoptimize command in eth-best-effort mode.
set multicastoptimize { no | | yes }
no | Sets multicast optimize to disabled. |
yes | Sets multicast optimize to enabled. |
None
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enable multicast optimize:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort # set multicastoptimize yes switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To set name, use the set name command.
set name name
name | Name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Server (/chassis/server)
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Server (/chassis/server) and System (/system) mode. |
This example shows how to set a name:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel # set name pc10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
show port-channel |
|
To set the VLAN as the native VLAN, use the set native command.
set native { no | yes }
no | Specifies that the current VLAN is not the native VLAN. |
yes | Specifies that the current VLAN is the native VLAN. |
None
Ethernet uplink fabric VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Note |
Only one VLAN can exist as the native VLAN. If you set multiple VLANs as the native VLAN, the last one to be set becomes the native VLAN. |
This example sets the current VLAN as the native VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # create vlan finance 3955 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # set native switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Command |
Description |
show vlan |
|
To set a value for a property, use the set normal-value command.
set normal-value value
value | The value of a property in a class. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
None
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 | This command was introduced. |
You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set normal-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
The following example shows how to set a value for the bytes-rx-delta property in fc-stats class:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-stats switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # set normal-value 100000 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show property |
|
To set a notification method for the SNMP traps, use the set notificationtype command.
set notificationtype { informs | traps }
informs | Use this option to configure SNMP to inform all notifications. |
traps | Use this option to configure SNMP to trap all notifications. |
None
SNMP Traps (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An SNMP trap must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to set the notification to traps.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 10.10.10.10 Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set notificationtype traps Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Command |
Description |
create snmp-trap |
|
create snmp-user |
|
To specify whether the BIOS supports NUMA, use the set numa-config command.
set numa-config numa-optimization { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The BIOS does not support NUMA. |
enabled | The BIOS supports NUMA. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for operating systems that support Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA). If you enable this option, the system must disable Inter-Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that NUMA is supported:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set numa-config numa-optimization enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set the number of blocks, use the set numberofblocks command.
set numberofblocks { number | unspecified }
number | Number of storage blocks. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of blocks. |
None
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to set the number of blocks:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set numberofblocks 100000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To set a network control policy name , use the set nw-control-policy command.
set nw-control-policy policy-name
policy-name | The name of the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set a network control policy name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic3 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set nw-control-policy ncp3 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show service-profile |
|
To enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly, use the set offload large-receive command.
set offload large-receive { disabled | enabled }
disabled | The CPU processes all large packets. |
enabled | The hardware reassembles all segmented packets before sending them to the CPU. |
Enabled
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization and increase inbound throughput.
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large packet reassembly:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload large-receive enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation, use the set offload tcp-rx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-rx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
disabled | The CPU validates all packet checksums. |
enabled | The CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation. |
Enabled
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization.
This example shows how to enable the offloading of packet checksum validation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-rx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation, use the set offload tcp-segment command.
set offload tcp-segment { disabled | enabled }
disabled | The CPU segments large TCP packets. |
enabled | The CPU sends large TCP packets to the hardware to be segmented. |
Enabled
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead and increase throughput rate.
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-segment enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations, use the set offload tcp-tx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-tx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
disabled | The CPU calculates all packet checksums. |
enabled | The CPU sends all packets to the hardware so that the checksum can be calculated. |
Enabled
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead.
This example shows how to enable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-tx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To set the boot order for a device, use the set order command in lan, storage, and vmedia modes.
set order { 1 | | 2 | | 3 | | 4 }
1 | Specifies first in the boot order. |
2 | Specifies second in the boot order. |
3 | Specifies third in the boot order. |
4 | Specifies fourth in the boot order. |
None
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Virtual media (/org/boot-policy/virtual-media)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the LAN boot order:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp3 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope lan switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
To set the PCI scan order for a vHBA, use the set order command in vhba mode.
set order { order | | unspecified }
order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
None
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the PCI scan order:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp2 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
To set the relative order for a vNIC, use the set order command.
set order { order | | unspecified }
order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
None
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the relative order:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
To configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect, use the set out-of-band command.
set out-of-band { ip oob-ip | netmask oob-netmask | gw oob-gw } +
ip oob-ip | Specifies the IP address for out-of-band access. |
netmask oob-netmask | Specifies the IP netmask for out-of-band access. |
gw oob-gw | Specifies the IP gateway address for out-of-band access. |
None
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect.
Note |
Changing the out-of-band access configuration may disconnect the current CLI session. |
This example shows how to configure out-of-band access for fabric A:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect a switch-A /fabric-interconnect # set out-of-band ip 192.20.1.28 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band netmask 255.255.248.0 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band gw 192.20.1.1 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # commit-buffer switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
To set up a password, use the set password command.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Backup (/system/backup)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Download task (/firmware/download-task)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The password must be a minimum of eight characters.
After entering the set password command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the password. For security purposes, the password that you type does not appear in the CLI.
This example shows how to set up a password:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set password Enter the password: Confirm the password: switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
To set up a SNMPv3 password, use the set password command in snmp-user mode.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
This example shows how to set up a SNMPv3 password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server, use the set path command.
set path path
path | Sspecifies the absolute path to the file on the remote server. |
None
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server.
If you use SCP as the file transfer protocol, the absolute path is always required. If you use any other protocol, you may not need to specify a remote path if the file resides in the default download folder.
This example shows how to specify the remote server path in which the firmware download file resides:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set path /firmware/bin/1.1 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
To set a peak for a power group, use the set peak command.
set peak { peak | unbounded }
peak | Use this option to set a peak for the power group. The value must be a numeral. |
unbounded | Use this option to not set a peak for the power group. |
None
Power group (/power-cap-mgmt/power-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a peak for a power group.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group testing Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group # set peak 5 Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
set realloc |
|
To set a maximum number of HTTP and HTTPS sessions allowed for each user, use the set per-user command.
set per-user max sessions per user
max sessions per user | The maximum number of HTTP and HTTPS sessions allowed for a user. The value must be a number between 1 and 256. |
By default, the value of maximum allowed sessions for each user is set to 32.
Web Session Limits (/system/services/web-session-limits)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The maximum number of allowed sessions must be a number between 1 and 256.
This example shows how to set the maximum allowed number of sessions per user to 250.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits # set per-user 250 Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Command |
Description |
scope web-session-limits |
|
set total |
|
To set per-disk capacity, use the set perdiskcap command.
set perdiskcap { number | unspecified }
number | Capacity number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified amount of capacity. |
None
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
The following example shows how to set the per-disk capacity:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set perdiskcap 110000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To disable or enable persistent binding, use the set pers-bind command.
set pers-bind { disabled | enabled }
disabled | Specifies binding disabled. |
enabled | Specifies binding enabled. |
Persistent binding is disabled.
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to disable or enable persistent binding to Fibre Channel targets.
This example shows how to disable or enable persistent binding:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set pers-bind enabled switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To set the phone user name, use the set phone command.
set phone name
name | Name of the user. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
None
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the phone user name:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user admin10 switch-A /security/local-user # set phone admin10 switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show user-sessions |
|
To configure a primary contact phone number for the customer organization, use the set phone-contact command.
set phone-contact phone-contact
phone-contact | Phone number. |
None.
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure a primary contact phone number to be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 512 characters.
This example shows how to configure a primary contact phone number:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set phone-contact +1-011-408-555-1212 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To set the pin group, use the set pin-group command.
set pin-group name
name | Pin group name. The name can contain 1 to 16 characters. |
None
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connectivity (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the pin group to use for the vNIC.
This example shows how to set the pin group:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic20 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set pin-group pg1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic |
|
To set a pin group name for the fabric interface, use the set pingroupname command.
set pingroupname pin group name
pin group name | The name of the pin group name. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
The name of the pin group for the interface can be alphanumeric and can include special characters.
This example shows how to set the pin group name for the fabric interface
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set pingroupname sample Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
set adminspeed |
|
set portmode |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
To set a pool, use the set pool command.
set pool name
name | Pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to |
None
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to add a pool to your pooling policy. Only one pool can be set for each pooling policy.
This example shows how to set a pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope pooling-policy pp100 switch-A /org/pooling-policy # set pool pool100 switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
To set the port number, use the set port command.
set port number
number | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
In Call Home configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the SMTP server. The default SMTP port number is 25.
In LDAP configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the LDAP server. The default LDAP server port number is 389.
This example shows how to set the SMTP server port number in the Call Home configuration:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set port 25 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
This example shows how to set the LDAP server port number in the LDAP configuration:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set port 100 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
To specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time, use the set port io-throttle-count command.
set port io-throttle-count io-throttle-count
io-throttle-count | The range is 256 to 4096; the default is 512; |
Up to 16 pending IO operations are supported.
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time.
This example shows how to specify a limit of 64 pending IO operations:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port io-throttle-count 64 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
To specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size, use the set port max-field-size command.
set port max-field-size max-field-size
max-field-size | Specifies the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2112. |
The maximum frame payload size is 2112 bytes.
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size supported by the vHBA.
This example shows how to specify a maximum frame payload size of 1024 bytes:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-field-size 1024 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
To specify the maximum number of LUNs supported per target, use the set port max-luns command.
set port max-luns max-luns
max-luns | Specifies the maximum number of LUNs. The range is 1 to 1024 LUNs; the default is 256. |
A maximum of 256 LUNs is supported per target.
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the maximum number of logical unit numbers (LUNs) supported per target.
This example shows how to specify a maximum of 512 LUNs per target:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-luns 512 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries, use the set port-f-logi retries command.
set port-f-logi retries { retries | infinite }
retries | Number of FLOGI retries. |
infinite | Retry FLOGI until successful. |
The number of retries is 1000.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 4294967295, or you can use the infinite keyword to retry until successful.
This example shows how to configure 10000 FLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi retries 10000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi timeout |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
To configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout, use the set port-f-logi timeout command.
set port-f-logi timeout timeout
timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
This example shows how to configure an FLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi retries |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
To set a port mode for the fabric interface, use the set portmode command.
set portmode { access | trunk }
access | Use this option to set the port mode to access. |
trunk | Use this option to set the port mode to trunk. |
None
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the port mode to access for the fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set portmode access Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
set adminspeed |
|
set pingroupname |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries, use the set port-p-logi retries command.
set port-p-logi retries retries
retries | Number of PLOGI retries. |
The number of retries is 3.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 255.
This example shows how to configure 100 PLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi retries 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi timeout |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
To configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout, use the set port-p-logi timeout command.
set port-p-logi timeout timeout
timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
This example shows how to configure a PLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi retries |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
To specify the POST error pause configuration, use the set post-error-pause-config port-error-pause command.
set post-error-pause-config post-error-pause { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | To disable the POST error pause configuration. |
enabled | To enable the POST error pause configuration. |
platform-default | To set the POST error pause configuration to the platform default option. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to enable the POST error pause configuration for a BIOS policy.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set post-error-pause-config post-error-pause enable UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
To manage the committed power usage level of a server, use the set power-budget committed command.
set power-budget committed { disabled | watts }
disabled | No power usage limitations are imposed on the server. |
watts | Specifies the maximum number of watts that the server can use. The range is between 100 and 1,100 watts. |
No power usage limitations are imposed on the server (disabled).
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to manage the committed power usage level of a server.
The following example limits the power usage level of a server to 1000 watts and commits the transaction:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4 UCS-A /chassis/server # set power-budget committed 1000 UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
set mb-power-stats |
|
show power-budget |
|
To set the power control policy for a service profile, use the set power-control-policy command.
set power-control-policy power-control-policy
power-control-policy | The name of the power control policy. |
None
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile and a power control policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the power control policy for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Default Switch-A /org/service-profile # set power-control-policy Test Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
To preserve pool-derived identities in a backup, use the set preserve-pooled-values command.
set preserve-pooled-values { no | yes }
no | Pool-derived identities are not preserved. |
yes | Pool-derived identities are preserved. |
Pool-derived identities are not preserved.
System backup (/system/backup)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to preserve pool-derived vHBA WWPN, vNIC MAC, WWNN and UUID identities in a backup.
This example specifies that pool-derived identities are preserved in a backup:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set preserve-pooled-values yes server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) priority level, use the set prio command.
policy modeset prio { auto | on }
egress-policy modeset prio { best-effort | | bronze | | fc | | gold | | platinum | | silver }
auto | Sets priority to automatic. |
on | Enables priority. |
best-effort | Sets priority to the best effort level. |
bronze | Sets priority to the the bronze level. |
fc | Sets priority to the Fibre Channel level. |
gold | Sets priority to the gold level. |
platinum | Sets priority to the platinum level. |
silver | Sets priority to the silver level. |
For policy mode, the default is Auto.
For egress-policy mode, the default is Best Effort.
Policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced for policy mode. |
1.1(1) | This command was introduced for egress-policy mode. |
Following are the ratings of the different priorities:
This example shows how to set priority in policy mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set prio on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To set a priority for a power control policy, use the set priority command.
set priority { Admin priority | no-cap }
Admin priority | Use this option to set an administrator priority on the power control policy. The value must be a number between 1 - 10. |
no-cap | Use this option to not set a capping on the power control policy. |
None
Power control policy (/org/power-control-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set an administrator priority on a power control policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy # set priority 2 Switch-A /org/power-control-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
To configure administrative or read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user, use the set privilege command.
set privilege { admin | readonly }
admin | The user has administrative privileges. |
readonly | The user has read-only privileges. |
None.
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure administrative or read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user.
This example shows how to configure read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ReadOnly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # scope ipmi-user bob server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user # set privilege readonly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user* # commit-buffer server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
To set up a privacy password, use the set priv-password command.
set priv-password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
This example shows how to set up a privacy password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set priv-password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
To set a maximum number of jobs that can be executed by a maintenance window, use the set proc-cap command.
set proc-cap { number of jobs | none }
number of jobs | The maximum number of jobs that can be executed by the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 4294967294. |
none | To not set a maximum number of jobs for a maintenance window. |
None
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a maximum number of jobs that can be executed by a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set proc-cap 3456 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
To specify whether the processor sends a C3 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c3-report-config command.
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report { acpi-c2 | acpi-c3 | disabled | platform-default }
acpi-c2 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C2 format. |
acpi-c3 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C3 format. |
disabled | The processor does not send a C3 report. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C3 report to the operating system.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C3 report to the operating system using the ACPI C3 format:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report acpi-c3 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify whether the processor sends a C6 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c6-report-config command.
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The processor does not send a C6 report. |
enabled | The processor sends a C6 report. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C6 report to the operating system.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C6 report to the operating system:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c6-report-config processor-report enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To specify whether the local disk is protected or not, use the set protect command.
set all { yes | no }
yes |
Local disk is protected. |
no |
Local disk is not protected. |
Yes
Local disk configuration policy within organization (/org/local-disk-config-policy)
Local disk configuration policy within a service-profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced for a local disk configuration policy within the Organization mode. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a local disk configuration policy for a service profile within the Organization mode. |
Use this command to specify whether the local disk is protected or not.
This example shows how to set the enable local disk protection in a local disk configuration policy called DiskPolicy7:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope local-disk-config-policy DiskPolicy7 switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy # set protect yes switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Command |
Description |
show (local-disk-config-policy) |
|
To specify a file transfer protocol, use the set protocol command.
set protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
ftp | Specifies the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for file transfer. |
scp | Specifies the Secure Copy Protocol (SCP) for file transfer. |
sftp | Specifies the Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) for file transfer. |
tftp | Specifies the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) for file transfer. |
None
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify a file transfer protocol.
This example specifies SFTP as the file transfer protocol for importing a configuration file:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set protocol sftp server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
To set a primary VLAN for a fabric VLAN, use the set pubnwname command.
set pubnwname pubnwname
pubnwname | The name of the primary VLAN. |
None
VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VLAN must be created within the fabric to use this command.
This example shows how to set a primary VLAN for a fabric VLAN.
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan # set pubnwname sample Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
scope vlan |
|
set native |
|
set sharing |
|
set vlan-id |
|
To set the QoS policy, use the set qos-policy command.
set qos-policy name
name | QoS policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the QoS policy to use for the vNIC.
This example shows how to set the QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnict10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To set a qualifier, use the set qualifier command.
set qualifier name
name | Qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to add a qualifier to your policy. Only one qualifier can be set for each policy.
This example shows how to set a qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set qualifier q100 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show pooling policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
To configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST), use the set quiet-boot-config command.
set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | The BIOS displays the logo screen. |
enabled | The BIOS does not display any messages during boot. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST).
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that enables quiet boot mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) rate and burst, use the set rate command.
set rate { rate rate-number burst burst-number | line-rate burst-number }
rate | Sets the rate. |
rate-number | The rate number, in bits. |
burst | Sets the burst. |
burst-number | The burst number, in bits. |
line-rate | Sets rate to line rate. |
The default is line rate and 10240.
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
The rate number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 10000000. The burst number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
This example shows how to set the rate and burst:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy # scope egress-policy switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy # set rate rate 10000 burst 1000 switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To set a reallocation for a power group, use the set realloc command.
set realloc { chassis | none }
chassis | Use this option to set the reallocation of a power group to a chassis. |
none | Use this option to not set a reallocation for the power group. |
None
Power group (/power-cap-mgmt/power-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A power group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set a reallocation for a power group.
UCS-A # scope power-cap-mgmt UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group testing UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group # set reallocation chassis UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
set peak |
|
To set a realm for the default authentication mechanism, use the set realm command.
set realm { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
ldap | Use this option to set the realm as LDAP. |
local | Use this option to set the realm as local. |
radius | Use this option to set the realm as RADIUS. |
tacacs | Use this option to set the realm as TACACS. |
None
Default authentication (/security/auth-domain/default-auth)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the realm of the default authentication mechanism to LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Sample Switch-A /security/auth-domain # scope default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth # set realm ldap Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Command |
Description |
set auth-server-group |
|
create auth-domain |
|
To set a realm for the security method, use the set realm command.
set realm { ldap | local | none | radius | tacacs }
ldap | Use this option to set the realm as LDAP. |
local | Use this option to set the realm as local. |
none | Use this option to not set a realm. |
radius | Use this option to set the realm as RADIUS |
tacacs | Use this option to set the realm as TACACS. |
None
Default authentication (/security/default-auth)
Console authentication (/security/console-auth)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the realm as LDAP for console authentication.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth # set realm LDAP Switch-A /security/console-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Command |
Description |
scope security |
|
scope console-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
To set reboot on updates, use the set reboot-on-update command.
set reboot-on-update { no | yes }
no | Specifies no reboot on updates. |
yes | Specifies reboot on updates. |
None
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set reboot on updates:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set reboot-on-update yes switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show storage |
|
To specify a reboot policy for all service profiles that include a specific maintenance policy that is associated with a server, use the set reboot-policy command.
set reboot-policy immediate timer-automatic user-ack
immediate | (Optional) The server reboots as soon as the change is made to the service profile. |
timer-automatic | (Optional) The server reboots at a scheduled time. The time must be set using the set scheduler command. |
user-ack | (Optional) You must explicitly acknowledge the changes to the service profile by using the apply pending-changes command. |
None
Maintenance Policy (/org/maint-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command has been renamed as set reboot-policy. |
If you set the reboot policy to timer-automatic, then you must schedule the reboot cycle by using the set scheduler command.
If you set the reboot policy to user-ack, then you must explicitly acknowledge changes made to the service profile by using the apply pending-changes command.
This example shows how to set the reboot policy to immediate.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Sample Switch-A /org/maint-policy # set reboot-policy immediate Switch-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
create service-profile |
|
apply pending-changes |
|
set scheduler |
|
To set recieve, use the set receive command.
set receive { off | on }
off | Specifies recieve off. |
on | Specifies recieve on. |
None
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify flow control receive options.
When you specify off, pause requests from the network are ignored and traffic flow continues as normal.
When you specify on, pause requests are honored and all traffic is halted on that uplink port until the network cancels the pause request
This example shows how to set recieve:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set recieve on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
To configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate, use the set recv-queue count command.
set recv-queue count count
count | Number of queue resources. |
The receive queue count is 1.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
This example shows how to configure the number of receive queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set comp-queue count |
|
set recv-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue, use the set recv-queue ring-size command.
set recv-queue ring-size ring-size
ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
The receive queue ring size is 512.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
This example shows how to configure the receive queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set recv-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To set up power supply redundancy, use the set redundancy command.
set redundancy { grid | | n-plus-1 | | non-redund }
grid | Specifies grid redundancy. |
n-plus-1 | Specifies n+1 redundancy. |
non-redund | Specifies no redundancy. |
None
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
In the non-redundant scheme, all installed power supplies are turned on and load balanced evenly. Smaller configurations, requiring less than 2500W, can be powered by a single power supply. However, a single power supply does not provide redundancy. More common configurations require two or more power supplies (if requirements are between 2500 and 5000 watts peak) in non-redundant mode.
In the n+1 scheme implies, the chassis contains the total number of power supplies to satisfy non-redundancy, plus one additional power supply for redundancy. All the power supplies that are participating in n+1 redundancy are turned on, and equally share the power load for the chassis. If any additional power supplies are installed, UCS Manager recognizes these unnecessary power supplies and turns them off.
If a power supply should fail, the surviving supply(s) can provide power to the chassis. In addition, UCS Manager turns on any turned-off power supplies, to bring the system back to n+1 status.
To provide n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
Chassis requires less than 2500W—Two power supplies
Chassis requires greater than 2500W—Three power supplies
Adding an additional power supply to either of these configurations will provide an extra level of protection. UCS Manager turns on the extra power supply in the event of a failure, and restores n+1 protection.
The grid redundant configuration is used when you have two power sources to power a chassis, or you require greater than n+1 redundancy. If one source fails, which causes a loss of power to one or two power supplies, the surviving power supplies on the other power circuit continue to provide power to the chassis.
A common reason for using grid redundancy is if the rack power distribution is such that power is provided by two PDUs and you want the grid redundancy protection in the case of a PDU failure.
To provide grid redundancy or greater than n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
This example shows how to set up power supply redundancy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy # set redundancy n-plus-1 switch-A /org/psu-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
To regenerate the keys in the default keyring, use the set regenerate command.
set regenerate { no | yes }
no | Do not regenerate the keys. |
yes | Regenerate the keys. |
None
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to regenerate the RSA keys in the default keyring. This command is accepted only in the default keyring.
This example shows how to regenerate the keys in the default keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring default switch-A /security/keyring # set regenerate yes switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
To specify the name of a file to be transfered, use the set remote-file command.
set remote-file set remote-file remote-file
remote-file | Specifies the file name. |
None
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the name of a file to be transfered.
This example specifies the name of a remote configuration file for importing:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set remote-file MyConfig13.cfg server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
To configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages, use the set reply-to-email command.
set reply-to-email reply-to-email
reply-to-email | Email address. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages. Enter up to 512 characters. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
This example shows how to configure a Reply-To email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set reply-to-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
set from-email |
|
show callhome |
|
To specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported, use the set reporting-interval command.
set reporting-interval { 15minutes | 30minutes | 60minutes }
15minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes. |
30minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 30 minutes. |
60minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 60 minutes. |
Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes.
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported. You can specify the reporting interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
This example shows how to set the port statistics reporting interval to thirty minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set reporting-interval 30minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Command |
Description |
set collection-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
To configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss, use the set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config command.
set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action { stay-off | last-state | reset | platform-default }
stay-off | The server remains off until manually powered on. |
last-state | The server is powered on and the system attempts to restore its last state. |
reset | The server is powered on and automatically reset. |
platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Platform default
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss.
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that restores the server power to its previous state after a power loss:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action last-state switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
To configure the length of time before cleared fault messages are deleted, use the set retention-interval command.
set retention-interval { forever | days hours minutes seconds }
forever | Specifies that fault messages are never deleted. |
days | Specifies the number of days that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 65535 days. |
hours | Specifies the number of hours that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 23 hours; the default is 1 hour |
minutes | Specifies the number of minutes that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 minutes. |
seconds | Specifies the number of seconds that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 seconds. |
None
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the retention period for fault messages when the set clear-action command is configured to retain messages.
This example shows how to set the fault message retention period to 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Command |
Description |
set clear-action |
|
show fault policy |
|
To set the number of retries, use the set retries command.
set retries retries
retries | Number of retries. The range of valid values is 0 to 5. |
None
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The command option number was renamed as retries . |
Use this command to set the number of times to retry communicating with the RADIUS server before noting the server as down.
This example shows how to set the number of retries:
switch-A#scope security switch /security # scope radius switch /security/radius # set retries 3 switch /security/radius* # commit-buffer switch /security/radius #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
To set a root distinguished name, use the set rootdn command.
set rootdn name
name | Root distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
None
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account.
This example shows how to set a root distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set rootdn administrator switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
To enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS), use the set rss receivesidescaling command.
set rss receivesidescaling { disabled | enabled }
disabled | The system does not use RSS. |
enabled | The system uses RSS. |
Enabled
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS). RSS enables the efficient distribution of network receive processing across multiple CPUs in multiprocessor systems.
This example shows how to enable RSS in an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set rss receivesidescaling enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
To set a scheduler for a maintenance policy, use the set scheduler command.
set scheduler scheduler
scheduler | The name of the scheduler. |
None
Maintenance Policy (/org/maint-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A maintenance policy and a scheduler must be created before using this command.
This example shows how to set a scheduler for a maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Sample Switch-A /org/maint-policy # set scheduler default Switch-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
create maint-policy |
|
To set the scrub policy, use the set scrub-policy command.
set scrub-policy name
name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Rack Server discovery policy (/org/rackserver-disc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Rack Server Discovery policy (/org/rackserver-disc-policy). The Server Discovery Policy mode (/org/server-disc-policy) has been obsoleted. |
Use this command to associate a specified scrub policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100 switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy # set scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy #
Command |
Description |
show scrub-policy |
|
show rackserver-disc-policy |
|
To configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate, use the set scsi-io count command.
set scsi-io count count
count | Number of queue resources. |
The SCSI I/O queue count is 1.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 8.
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io ring-size |
|
show scsi-io |
|
To configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue, use the set scsi-io ring-size command.
set scsi-io ring-size ring-size
ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
The SCSI I/O ring size is 512.
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue. Enter a number between 64 and 512.
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io count |
|
show scsi-io |
|
To set send, use the set send command.
set send { off | on }
off | Specifies send off. |
on | Specifies send on. |
None
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify flow control send options.
When you specify off, traffic on the port flows normally regardless of the packet load.
When you specify on, the UCS system sends a pause request to the network if the incoming packet rate becomes too high. The pause remains in effect for a few milliseconds before traffic is reset to normal levels.
This example shows how to set send:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set send on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
To enable the sending of a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set send-periodically command.
set send-periodically { off | on }
off | Disables a periodic inventory message. |
on | Enables a periodic inventory message. |
Disabled
Inventory (monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message. The periodic message includes hardware inventory information and an inventory of all software services currently enabled. If the periodic message is enabled, the default period is 7 days and the default time of day is 00:00.
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
To specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides, use the set server command.
set server server
server | Specifies the remote server name or IP address. |
None
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides.
This example shows how to specify the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set server 192.20.1.28 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
To set a sharing type for the fabric VLAN, use the set sharing command.
set sharing { isolated | none | primary }
isolated | Use this option to set the sharing type as isolated. |
none | Use this option to not set a sharing type for the fabric VLAN. |
primary | Use this option to set the sharing type as primary. |
None.
VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VLAN for the fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the sharing type to isolated for a fabric VLAN.
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan # set sharing isolated Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
set native |
|
set pubnwname |
|
set vlan-id |
|
To configure customer site identification (ID) information for the monitored equipment, use the set site-id command.
set site-id site-id
site-id | Site identification text information. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure customer site ID information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
This example shows how to configure the customer site ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set side-id SanJose switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To specify the size of a disk partition, use the set size command.
set size { size | unspecified }
size | Specifies the partition size in MBytes. |
unspecified | Specifies no partition size. |
None
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the size of a disk partition in MBytes.
This example shows how to specify a 10 GB partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 server-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
To set up an SNMP community, use the set snmp community command.
set snmp community community
community | Community name. This name can be between 1 and 32 alphanumeric characters long. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
The community name can be any alphanumeric string. You can create only one community string.
This example shows how to set up an SNMP community:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # set snmp community snmpcom10 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To set the serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the set sol-policy command.
set sol-policy name
name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified SoL policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the SoL policy:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set sol-policy apEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
To set the speed, use the set speed command.
memory modeset speed { speed | unspec }
sol-config and sol-policy modesset speed { 115200 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 9600 }
speed | Baud rate. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspec | Specifies unspecified baud rate. |
115200 | Specifies 115200 baud rate. |
19200 | Specifies 19200 baud rate. |
38400 | Specifies 38400 baud rate. |
57600 | Specifies 57600 baud rate. |
9600 | Specifies 9600 baud rate. |
None
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/service-profile/sol-config
/org/sol-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the memory data rate.
This example shows how to set the speed:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope sol-config switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config # set speed 9600 switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show sol-config |
|
To set the speed for an uplink Ethernet port, use the set speed command.
set speed { 10gbps | 1gbps }
10gbps | Sets the speed to 10 gbps |
1gbps | Sets the speed to 1 gbps |
10gbps
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the speed on an uplink Ethernet port.
This example shows how to set the speed:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 2 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # set speed 10gbps switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # commit-buffer
To set the source template name, use the set src-templ-name command.
set src-templ-name name
name | Source template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified source template with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the source template name:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set src-templ-name srcTempName110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-policy |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
To set an SSH key, use the set sshkey command.
set sshkey [key | none]
key | SSH key. |
None
Security (/security)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the SSH key used for passwordless access.
This example shows how to set an SSH key:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # set sshkey "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAuo9VQ2CmWBI9/S1f30klCWjnV3lgdXMzO0W Ul5iPw85lkdQqap+NFuNmHcb4K iaQB8X/PDdmtlxQQcawclj+k8f4VcOelBxls Gk5luq5ls1ob1VOIEwcKEL/h5lrdbNlI8y3SS9I/gGiBZ9ARlop9LDpD m8HPh2 LOgyH7Ei1MI8=" switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
To enable or disable SSL when communicating with an LDAP server, use the set ssl command.
set ssl { no | yes }
no | Encryption is disabled. Authentication information is sent as clear text. |
yes | Encryption is required. If encryption cannot be negotiated, the connection fails. |
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to enable or disable SSL encryption when communicating with the LDAP server.
This example shows how to set up SSL on a server:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # create server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set ssl yes switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set port 389 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set binddn "cn=Administrator,cn=Users,DC=cisco-ucsm-aaa3,DC=qalab,DC=com" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
To set the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration, use the set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video command.
set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration. |
enabled | Use this option to enable the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration to the platform default option. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the Uefi OS legacy video configuration to the platform default option.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video platform default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
show uefi-os-legacy-video-config |
|
To set the statistics policy, use the set stats-policy command.
set stats-policy name
name | Statistics policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified statistics policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode, or the template you used to enter virtual NIC template or virtual HBA template modes.
This example shows how to set the statistics policy:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set stats-policy statsEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To set stepping, use the set stepping command.
set stepping { number | unspecified }
number | Stepping number. The range of valid value is 0 to 4294967295. |
unspecified | Specifies an unspecified stepping number. |
None
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the processor stepping number.
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set stepping 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
To configure a street address that will appear in Call Home messages, use the set street-address command.
set street-address street-address
street-address | Mailing address text information. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Use this command to configure a mailing address for sending RMA replacement equipment. Enter up to 255 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
This example shows how to configure a street address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set street-address "123 Example St., San Jose, CA 95134" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To set a subnet for an external management static IP address, use the set subnet command.
set subnet subnet
subnet | The subnet that you would like to set. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
None
External management static IP within CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
External management static IP within service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command in the service profile mode.
This example shows how to set the subnet for an external management static IP address of a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set subnet 1.2.3.4 Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
scope server |
|
To configure the urgency level for Call Home messages, use the set switch-priority command.
set switch-priority { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging }
switch-priority options | Specifies the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages. See Usage Guidelines for the urgency level options. |
None
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency:
emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
alerts | Alert level (1) |
critical | Critical level (2) |
errors | Error level (3) |
warnings | Warning level (4) |
notifications | Notification level (5) |
information | Information level (6) |
debugging | Debug level (7) |
This example shows how to specify the urgency level as Critical:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set switch-priority critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To configure which syslog messages are sent to the console, use the set syslog console command.
set syslog console level { alerts | critical | emergencies } +
level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog console. |
emergencies | Specifies Emergency (0) level, the highest urgency messages. |
alerts | Specifies Alert (1) level. |
critical | Specifies Critical (2) level. |
The default level is Critical.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level for syslog console messages. After configuring the syslog console information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command.
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog console or disable syslog console commands to enable or disable the syslog console. |
This example shows how to set the urgency threshold level of syslog console messages to alerts:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # set syslog console level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # enable syslog console switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A # /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
To configure a syslog file, use the set syslog file command.
set syslog file { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | name name | size size } +
level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog file. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
name | Specifies the syslog file name. |
name | Name of the file. The file name can be up to 16 characters. |
size | Specifies file size. |
size | File size in bytes. The range of valid values is 4096 to 4194304. |
The default level is Critical and the default file size is 4194304 bytes.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Use this command to set the file name, the maximum file size, and the urgency threshold level of syslog messages for the syslog file. After configuring the syslog file information, you must enable the writing of messages to the file using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
alerts | Alert level (1) |
critical | Critical level (2) |
errors | Error level (3) |
warnings | Warning level (4) |
notifications | Notification level (5) |
information | Information level (6) |
debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog file or disable syslog file commands to enable or disable the syslog file. |
This example shows how to enable the syslog file and configure the name, size, and urgency level:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog file switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file name logsSanJose7 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file size 4096 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
To set the minimum level for syslog messages, use the set syslog min-level command.
set syslog min-level { crit | debug0 | debug1 | debug2 | debug3 | debug4 | info | major | minor | warn }
crit | Specifies minimum level as critical. |
debug0 | Specifies minimum level as debug 0. |
debug1 | Specifies minimum level as debug 1. |
debug2 | Specifies minimum level as debug 2. |
debug3 | Specifies minimum level as debug 3. |
debug4 | Specifies minimum level as debug 4. |
info | Specifies minimum level as information. |
major | Specifies minimum level as major. |
minor | Specifies minimum level as minor. |
warn | Specifies minimum level as warning. |
Minimum level is not set.
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
This example shows how to set the minimum level for syslog messages:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set syslog min-level crit switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show syslog |
|
To configure syslog monitoring by the operating system, use the set syslog monitor command.
set syslog monitor level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } +
level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog monitor. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
The default level is Critical.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor. After configuring the syslog monitor information, you must enable monitoring using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
alerts | Alert level (1) |
critical | Critical level (2) |
errors | Error level (3) |
warnings | Warning level (4) |
notifications | Notification level (5) |
information | Information level (6) |
debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
Messages at levels below Critical are displayed on the terminal monitor only if you have entered the terminal monitor command. |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog monitor or disable syslog monitor commands to enable or disable the syslog monitor. |
This example shows how to enable the syslog monitor and configure the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog monitor switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog monitor level warnings switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
terminal monitor |
|
To configure sending of syslog messages to a remote destination, use the set syslog remote-destination command.
set syslog remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | hostname hostname | facility { local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7 } } +
server-1 | Specifies server 1. |
server-2 | Specifies server 2. |
server-3 | Specifies server 3. |
level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for sending to the remote destination. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
hostname | Specifies host name. |
hostname | Host name. The name can be from 1 to 256 characters. |
facility | Specifies the facility number for the messages sent to the remote destination. |
local n | The local facility number. The range of valid values is local0 through local7. |
The default for Hostname is None. The default level is Critical.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Use this command to configure the host name, message urgency level, and facility number for the sending of syslog messages to a remote syslog server. After configuring the remote server information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command. You can independantly configure and enable up to three remote servers using the server- n keyword.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
alerts | Alert level (1) |
critical | Critical level (2) |
errors | Error level (3) |
warnings | Warning level (4) |
notifications | Notification level (5) |
information | Information level (6) |
debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog remote-destination or disable syslog remote-destination commands to enable or disable the syslog remote-destination. |
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
To set a target, use the set target command.
set target { a | b } { port slot-id/port-id | port-channel id }
a | Specifies switch A. |
b | Specifies switch B. |
port | Specifies port. |
slot-id/port-id | Specifies the slot and port identification number. |
port-channel | Specifies port channel. |
id | Specifies the port channel identification number. |
None
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the Fibre Channel or Ethernet pin target to the specified switch and port, or switch and port channel. Scope to /fc-uplink/pin-group to set the Fibre Channel pin target. Scope to /eth-uplink/pin-group to set the Ethernet pin target.
This example shows how to set a target:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope pin-group pinGroupOne switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group # set target a port 1/1 switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
To specify a service profile template, use the set template command.
set template template
template | Specifies the name of a service profile template. Enter up to 32 characters. |
None
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify a service profile template for creating a service profile instance for the server.
The following example shows how to specify a service profile template:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set qualifier ServPoolQual22 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set template ServTemp2 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
To set the template name, use the set template-name command.
set template-name name
name | Template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set template-name temp10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
To limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event, use the set throttling command.
set throttling { off | on }
off | Disables limiting of duplicate messages. |
on | Enables limiting of duplicate messages. |
Enabled
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event. If the number of messages sent exceeds a maximum limit within a preset time frame, further messages for that alert type are discarded within that time frame.
This example shows how to enable throttling of duplicate Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set throttling on switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
To configure the hour of the day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-hour command.
set timeofday-hour hour
hour | The hour of day. |
The default time of day is 00:00.
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the hour of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 23; the default is 0.
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
To configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-minute command.
set timeofday-minute minute
minute | The minute of the hour of day. |
The default time of day is 00:00.
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 59; the default is 0.
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
show inventory |
|
To set a timeout, use the set timeout command.
set timeout timeout
timeout | Timeout interval, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 60. |
None
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set a timeout:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set timeout 30 switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
To set the time zone for system services, use the set timezone command.
set timezone
The time zone is UTC.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the time zone for system services that require time of day. You are prompted with a sequence of choices to select your time zone.
This example shows how to select the time zone for Los Angeles:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # set timezone Please identify a location so that time zone rules can be set correctly. Please select a continent or ocean. 1) Africa 4) Arctic Ocean 7) Australia 10) Pacific Ocean 2) Americas 5) Asia 8) Europe 3) Antarctica 6) Atlantic Ocean 9) Indian Ocean #? 2 Please select a country. 1) Anguilla 18) Ecuador 35) Paraguay [...truncated...] 11) Cayman Islands 28) Jamaica 45) United States [...truncated...] #? 45 Please select one of the following time zone regions. 1) Eastern Time [...truncated...] 15) Mountain Standard Time - Arizona 16) Pacific Time 17) Alaska Time [...truncated...] #? 16 The following information has been given: United States Pacific Time Therefore timezone 'America/Los_Angeles' will be set. Local time is now: Fri May 15 07:39:25 PDT 2009. Universal Time is now: Fri May 15 14:39:25 UTC 2009. Is the above information OK? 1) Yes 2) No #? 1 UCS-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show clock |
|
show timezone |
|
To set the maximum number of concurrent web sessions for all users, use the set total command.
set total maximum number of sessions
maximum number of sessions | The total number of concurrent web sessions. The value must be a number between 1 and 256. |
By default, the number of concurrent web sessions for all users is set to the maximum of 256.
Web session limits (/system/services/web-session-limits)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
The value for the maximum number of concurrent sessions for all users must be a number between 1 and 256.
This example shows how to set the total number of concurrent web sessions for all users to 30.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits # set total 30 Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Command |
Description |
set per-user |
|
scope web-session-limits |
|
To configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate, use the set trans-queue count command.
set trans-queue count count
count | Number of queue resources. |
The transmit queue count is 1.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
This command replaces the set work-queue count command.
This example shows how to configure the number of transmit queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue, use the set trans-queue ring-size command.
set trans-queue ring-size ring-size
ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
The transmit queue ring size is 256.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
This command replaces the set work-queue ring-size command.
This example shows how to configure the transmit queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To specify the trustpoint for a keyring, use the set trustpoint command.
set trustpoint trustpoint
trustpoint | Name of a defined trustpoint. |
None
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the trustpoint for a keyring. The trustpoint name can be up to 16 characters.
This example shows how to specify the trustpoint for a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set trustpoint CiscoCA5 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Command |
Description |
create trustpoint |
|
To specify the configuration and state information to be backed up, use the set type command.
set type { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state }
all-configuration | Backup server, fabric, and system-related configuration. |
logical-configuration | Backup fabric and server-related configuration. |
system-configuration | Backup system-related configuration. |
full-state | Backup full state for disaster recovery. |
All configuration information (server, fabric, and system-related) is backed up.
System backup (/system/backup)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the configuration and state information to be backed up.
This example specifies that fabric and server-related configuration are to be backed up:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set type logical-configuration server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
To specify the file system of a disk partition, use the set type command.
set type { ext2 | ext3 | fat32 | none | ntfs | swap }
ext2 | The partition uses the EXT2 file system. |
ext3 | The partition uses the EXT3 file system. |
fat32 | The partition uses the FAT32 file system. |
none | The partition uses no file system. |
ntfs | The partition uses the NTFS file system. |
swap | The partition is used as swap space. |
None
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the file system of a disk partition.
This example shows how to specify the NTFS file system for a new partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 UCS-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
To set the updating policy of a template, use the set type command.
set type { initial-template | updating-template }
initial-template | Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
updating-template | Instances created from this template will automatically update if this template is updated. |
Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated.
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the updating policy of a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
This example shows how to specify that instances created from a vNIC template will automatically update if the template is updated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set type updating-template switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To set memory units, use the set units command.
set units { units | unspec }
units | Memory units. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspec | Specifies unspecified memory units. |
None
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/server-qual/storage
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Memory units refer to the DRAM chips mounted on the PCB.
This example shows how to set memory units:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set units 1000 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To set an uplink fail action, use the set uplink-fail-action command.
set uplink-fail-action { link-down | warning }
link-down | Specifies that down virtual interfaces are marked link down. |
warning | Specifies that a fault is generated for down virtual interfaces. |
None
Network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
This configuration will be applicable only in end host mode (default mode).
Warning is useful when you want to maintain blade-to-blade connectivity inside the UCSM system when all uplink ports go down. You do this, however, at the expense of not providing fabric failover when uplink connectivity is lost.
This example shows how to set an uplink fail action:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP100 switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # set uplink-fail-action warning switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show service-policy |
|
To modify the boot option for a USB device, use the set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable command.
set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
disabled | Use this option to disable the USB device from being configured as non-bootable. |
enabled | Use this option to enable the USB device to be booted. |
platform-default | Use this option to set the USB device boot configuration to be the same as the default option of the platform. |
None
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to set enable the boot configuration for USB drive.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy test Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable enabled Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
To specify a user name for logging in to a remote server, use the set user command.
set user user
user | Specifies the user name. |
None
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the user name for logging in to a remote server for a file transfer.
This example specifies the user name for logging in to a remote file server:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set user User13 server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
To specify the username the system should use to log in to the remote server, use the set userid command.
set userid userid
userid | The login user name for the remote server. |
None
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the user name the system should use to log in to the remote server. This field does not apply if the protocol is TFTP.
This example shows how to specify the user name for logging in to the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set userid User123 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
To assign an identifying label to the server, use the set user-label command.
set user-label label
label | Enter up to 32 characters with no spaces. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Interface within Ethernet Storage (eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Interface within Ethernet Server (eth-server/fabric/interface)
Interface within Ethernet Uplink (eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel Uplink (fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Fabric Extender Module (/fex)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced only in the server mode. The maximum number of characters in the user label was 16. |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in other command modes. The maximum number of characters for the user label was increased from 16 to 32. |
Use this command to assign an identifying label to a server.
This example shows how to assign a label to server 2 in chassis 1:
switch-A# scope server 1/2 switch-A /chassis/server # set user-label SanJose13 switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
To specify the prefix for UUID pool values, use the set uuid-prefix command.
set uuid-prefix { uuid-prefix | derived }
uuid-prefix | Specifies the prefix in the format nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn . |
derived | Use the prefix of the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
The UUID prefix is derived.
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) prefix to be combined with UUID suffix pool values for dynamic UUID assignment.
The prefix contains 16 hexadecimal characters in three hyphen-separated groups, in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn .
This example shows how to specify a UUID prefix for the UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10a switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # set uuid-prefix 12345678-9abc-def0 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
To specify the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination, use the set v3privilege command.
set v3privilege { auth | noauth | priv }
auth | Specifies keyed-hash authentication with the trap destination. |
noauth | Specifies user name authentication with the trap destination. |
priv | Specifies keyed-hash authentication and data encryption (privacy) with the trap destination. |
User name authentication (noauth) is used with the trap destination.
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMPv3) security level for the SNMP trap destination.
This example shows how to set the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set v3privilege auth switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
To set up a vCon (virtual adapter), use the set vcon command.
set vcon { 1 | | 2 } selection { all | | assigned-only | | exclude-dynamic | | exclude-assigned }
1 | Specifies adapter 1. |
2 | Specifies adapter 2. |
selection | Specifies a placement selection. |
all | Places all vNICs and vHBAs. |
assigned-only | Places assigned vNICs and vHBAs. |
exclude-dynamic | Excludes dynamic vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
exclude-assigned | Excludes assigned vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
None
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
vCons
This example shows how to set up a vCon:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy # set vcon 1 selection all switch-A /org/vcon-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
To associate a vCon (virtual adapter) profile, use the set vcon-profile command.
set vcon-profile profile-name
profile-name | The name of the profile. |
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Associates the specified vNIC/vHBA placement policy with the service profile.
This example shows how to associate a vCon profile:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # set vcon-profile vcp100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show |
|
To set the version number, use the set version command.
set version number
number | Version number. |
None
Pack image (/org/fw-host-pack/pack-image)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the package image version number. Changing this number triggers firmware updates on all components using the firmware through a service profile.
This example shows how to set the version number:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp10 switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # scope pack-image pi10 switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image # set version 1.3 switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image #
Command |
Description |
show pack-image |
|
show version |
|
To specify the SNMP version for the SNMP trap destination, use the set version command.
set version { v1 | v2c | v3 }
v1 | Specifies SNMP version 1. |
v2c | Specifies SNMP version 2c. |
v3 | Specifies SNMP version 3. |
SNMP version 2c is used.
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version for the SNMP trap destination.
This example shows how to specify SNMPv3 for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set version v3 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
To set a vHBA, use the set vhba command.
set vhba name
name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set vhba vhba100 switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vhba |
|
To set up a virtual IP address, use the set virtual-ip command.
set virtual-ip address
address | Virtual IP address. Enter the argument in the format A.B.C.D. |
None
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set up a virtual IP address:
switch# scope system switch /system # set virtual-ip 209.165.200.225 switch /system* # commit-buffer switch /system #
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show vif |
|
To set an ID for the VLAN of the fabric, use the set vlan-id command.
set vlan-id vlan-id
vlan-id | The ID of the VLAN. The ID must be a number, and between 1-3967, and 4049-4093. |
None
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A VLAN for the fabric must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to set the ID for the VLAN of the fabric.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan # set vlan-id 250 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan #
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
scope vlan |
|
To set virtual machine retention for a VM lifecycle policy , use the set vmretention command.
set vmretention { vmretention | 1-day | 1-hour | 5-days }
vmretention | Use this option to not set a retention policy. |
1-day | Use this option to set the VM retention to 1 day. |
1-hour | Use this option to set the VM retention to 1 hour. |
5-days | Use this option to set the VM retention to 5 days. |
None
VM Life cycle policy (/system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the VM retention for the lifecycle policy to 5 days.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy # set vmretention 5-days Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Command |
Description |
set vnicretention |
|
To set the vNIC, use the set vnic command.
set vnic vnic
vnic | VNIC name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
None
Path (/org/boot-policy/lan/path)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A vNIC is a virtualized network interface that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical NIC to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vNICs you can create. For example, a Cisco UCS CNA M71KR adapter has two NICs, which means you can create a maximum of two vNICs for each of those adapters.
This example shows how to set the VNIC:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # scope path switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path # set vnic 101 switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show vnic |
|
To set a VNIC retention policy for the VM lifecycle policy, use the set vnicretention command.
set vnicretention set vnicretention { vnicretention | 1-day | 1-hour | 5-days }
vnicretention | Use this option to not set a retention policy |
1-day | Use this option to set the retention as 1 day. |
1-hour | Use this option to set the retention as 1 hour. |
5-days | Use this option to set the retention as 5 days. |
None
VM Lifecycle policy (/system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to set the VNIC retention for the lifecycle policy to 5 days.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy # set vnicretention 5-days Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Command |
Description |
set vmretention |
|
To set the weight, use the set weight command.
set weight { weight | best-effort | none }
weight | Weight number. The range of valid values is 0 to 10. |
best-effort | Specifies best effort. |
none | Specifies no weight. |
None
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set the weight:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set weight 5 switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To set the width, use the set width command.
set width { width | unspec }
width | Width. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
unspec | Specifies width unspecified. |
None
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify the bit width of the data bus.
This example shows how to set the width:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set width 1000000 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
To configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate, use the set work-queue count command.
set work-queue count count
count | Number of queue resources. |
The work queue count is 1.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Use this command to configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
This example shows how to configure the number of queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set work-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
To configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue, use the set work-queue ring-size command.
set work-queue ring-size ring-size
ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
The work queue ring size is 256.
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
This example shows how to configure the work (transmit) queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set work-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
set work-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
To set a World Wide Name (WWN), use the set wwn command.
set wwn name
name | WWN name. The name entered must be in hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format. |
None
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to set a WWN:
switch-A# scope org org10a switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot6b switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set wwn 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23 switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* #
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show san-image |
|
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for a vHBA template, use the set wwpn-pool command.
set wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. |
The default WWPN pool is used.
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) template.
This example shows how to specify a WWPN pool for a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhba10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
To display the activation status, use the show activate status command.
show activate status
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays the activation status.
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the activation status:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A /chassis/iom # show activate status State: Ready
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show status |
|
To display adapter information, use the show adapter command.
show adapter [ detail | expand ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all adapters. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all adapters. |
Displays adapter information.
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show adapter command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of adapters.
This example shows how to display a list of adapters:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # show adapter Server 1/1: Adapter PID Vendor Serial Operational State ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ ----------------- 1 N20-AE0002 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510017 Operable 2 N20-AE0003 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510018 Operable switch-A /org/server-qual #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
To display service profile association information, use the show assoc command.
show assoc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays service profile association information.
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show assoc command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of service profile associations.
This example shows how to display service profile associations:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # show assoc Service Profile Name Association Server Server Pool -------------------- -------------- ------ ----------- org10/sp10 Associated 1/1 10 org10/sp100 Associated 1/2 10 switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show service-profile |
|
To display the audit log, use the show audit-logs command.
show audit-logs [ id | detail ] *
id | (Optional) Displays a specific audit log. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in the audit log. |
Displays the audit log.
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was released. |
This command does not require a license.
This command shows how to display the audit log:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # show audit-logs Audit trail logs: Creation Time User ID Action Description -------------------- ---------- -------- ---------------- ----------- 2009-07-01T15:59:07 internal 905342 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged 2009-07-01T15:58:48 internal 905339 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated 2009-07-01T15:51:02 internal 905275 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged 2009-07-01T15:50:48 internal 905271 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated 2009-07-01T15:49:19 internal 905265 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged 2009-07-01T15:47:48 internal 905254 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show remote-user |
|
To display information on the authentication domains, use the show auth-domain command.
show auth-domain [name] [detail]
name | (Optional) The name of the authentication domain. Using this option will display information on only the specified authentication domain. |
detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all authentication domains that have been created. |
By default, this command will list the authentication domains that have been created.
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Authentication domains must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to view information on all the authentication domains:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # show auth-domain detail Authentication Domain: Authentication Domain Name: Default Default Realm: Local Authentication Server group: Default Authentication Domain Name: Sample Default Realm: Local Authentication Server group: Sample
Command |
Description |
scope auth-domain |
|
create auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
enter auth-domain |
|
To display authentication information, use the show authentication command.
show authentication
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays authentication information.
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display console and default authentication information:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # show authentication Console authentication: Local Default authentication: Local switch-A /security #
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show tacacs |
|
To display information on the authentication server groups, use the show auth-server-group command.
show auth-server-group [authentication server group] [detail]
authentication server group | (Optional) Name of the authentication server group. This option will display information on the specified authentication server group. |
detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all authentication server groups that have been created. |
By default, this command will list the authentication server groups that have been created.
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Authentication server groups must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to view information on the authentication server groups.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # show auth-server-group detail Authentication server group: Authentication server group: Sample Authentication server group: Example Authentication server group: Test
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
enter-auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
To display backup information, use the show backup command.
show backup [ backup-name | detail | fsm status ] *
backup-name | (Optional) Displays a specific backup file. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all backups. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays FSM status. |
Displays backup information.
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show backup command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of backups.
This example shows how to display backup information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # show backup Backup: Hostname Type User Protocol Administrative State De scription ---------- --------------------- ---------- -------- -------------------- -- --------- 10.193.1.29 All Configuration jennall Scp Disabled 192.168.1.1 Full State Tftp Disabled 192.168.1.2 Full State jennall Scp Disabled
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show system |
|
To display backup information, use the show backup command in ep-log-policy mode.
show backup [ detail | | expand ]
detail | Displays all backup information, in list format. |
expand | Displays some backup information. The command does not display the following: |
None
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display all backup information:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # show backup detail Log Backup Behavior: Format: Ascii Hostname: test Remote Path: //test/electronic User: user100 Protocol: Ftp Backup Action: Timer Clear on Backup: No Interval: 1 Hour switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Command |
Description |
show ep-log-policy |
|
show |
|
To display BIOS information, use the show bios command.
show bios [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BIOS. |
Displays BIOS information.
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display BIOS information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show bios Bios Firmware: Server Model Vendor Running-Vers ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ 1/1 N20-B6620-1 Intel Corp. S5500.86B.08.00.0022.110620081457 switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show server |
|
To display information on all blade server discovery policies, use the show bladeserver-disc-policy command.
show bladeserver-disc-policy [name] [detail]
name | (Optional) The name of the blade server discovery policy. This option will display information only on the specified policy. |
detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all blade server discovery policies that are configured. |
By default, this command displays information on the configured blade server discovery policies in a tabular format.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view information on all blade server discovery policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show bladeserver-disc-policy detail Compute blade Discovery Policy: Name: Default Qualifier: all-chassis Action: Immediate Scrub Policy: Default Description: Sample text
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
To display Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) information, use the show bmc command.
show bmc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modifications |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the show cimc command instead. |
This example shows how to display BMC information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show bmc BMC: Product Name: Cisco B200-M1 PID: N20-B6620-1 Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc Serial (SN): QCI12520009 HW Revision: 0 GUID: Current Task: switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To display boot definition information, use the show boot-definition command.
show boot-definition [ detail | expand ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the boot definition. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about the boot definition. |
Displays boot definition information.
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # show boot-definition Boot Definition: Reboot on Update: Yes switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show service-profile |
|
To display the boot order, use the show boot-order command.
show boot-order
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays the boot order.
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the boot order:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show boot-order
Command |
Description |
show actual-boot-order |
|
show chassis |
|
To display information on the boot option retry configuration, use the show boot-option-retry-config command.
show boot-option-retry-config { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the boot option retry configuration. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the boot option retry configuration. |
By default, this command displays the expanded information of the retry configuration.
BIOS Settings (/chassis/server/bios/bios-settings)
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A BIOS policy must be created prior to using this command in the BIOS policy commnade mode.
This example shows how to view detailed information on the boot option retry configuration for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope bios Switch-A /chassis/server/bios # scope bios-settings Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings # show boot-option-retry-config detail Boot Option Retry Config Retry ----- Platform Default Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings #
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
create org |
|
To display boot policy information, use the show boot-policy command.
show boot-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *
name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific boot policy. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about boot policies. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies. |
Displays boot policy information.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show boot-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.
This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # show boot-policy Boot Policy: Name Purpose Reboot on Update -------------------- ----------- ---------------- org10/bp10 Operational No org10/bp11 Operational Yes switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show org |
|
To display information about a boot-target, use the show boot-target command.
show boot-target [ primary | | secondary ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
primary | (Optional) Specifies the primary boot target. |
secondary | (Optional) Specifies the secondary boot target. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the specified boot target. |
expanded | (Optional) Displays information about the boot target in an expanded format.. |
None
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
By default, the show boot-target command displays the output in expanded format.
The following example shows how to display information about all boot targets in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary Boot Target: Type LUN WWN --------- ---------- --- Primary 0 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Secondary 1200 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
The following example shows how to display the detailed information about the secondary boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary detail Boot Target: Type: Secondary LUN: 1200 WWN: 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
The following example shows how to display information about the secondary boot target, in expanded format:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary expand Boot Target: Type LUN WWN --------- ---------- --- Secondary 1200 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Command |
Description |
create boot-target |
|
delete boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
To display callhome information, use the show callhome command.
show callhome [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about callhome. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about callhome. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Displays callhome information.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display callhome information:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # show callhome Callhome: Admin State: On Throttling State: On Contact Information: admin Customer Contact Email: tgv@tgv.com From Email: ref@tgv.com Reply To Email: admin021@tgv.com Phone Contact e.g., +1-011-408-555-1212: +16504441234 Street Address: 12 First St. Contract Id: Customer Id: Site Id: Urgency: Debugging SMTP Server Address: adminHost SMTP Server Port: 25 switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To display capacity qualification information, use the show cap-qual command.
show cap-qual [ detail | expand | fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if ] *
fcoe | (Optional) Displays Fibre Channel over Ethernet information. |
non-virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
non-virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
path-encap-consolidated | (Optional) Displays an consolidated encapsulated path information. |
path-encap-virtual | (Optional) Displays an virtual encapsulated path information. |
protected-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Ethernet interface information. |
protected-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel interface information. |
protected-fcoe | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface information. |
virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
virtualized-scsi-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized SCSI interface information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded capacity qualification information. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed capacity qualification information. |
Displays capacity qualification information.
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display capacity qualification information:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # show cap-qual Adapter Capacity Qualification: Type Maximum ----------------------- ------- Fcoe Unspecified switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show memory |
|
To display information about previous capability catalog file updates, use the show cat-updater command.
show cat-updater [filename]
filename | (Optional) To display information about a specific update, enter the name of the capability catalog update file. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display information about previous capability catalog file update operations. If you do not specify an update file name, all previous update operations are displayed.
The following example shows how to display the details of previous capability catalog update operations:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater Catalog Updater: File Name Protocol Server Userid Status --------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------ ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed UCS-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
To display a certificate request, use the show certreq command.
show certreq
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays a certificate request.
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display a certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /chassis # scope keyring kr10 switch-A /chassis/server # show certreq Request: -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- MIIBfzCB6QIBADASMRAwDgYDVQQDEwcxLjEuMS4xMIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBgQDpXUUWe0PfRBOQevT2Y6vs8E8MOBLVn0kJ1iyGPdcfII9GrMX5 iiF+X1vjZOkvLpOQ4Z1wGdA3JFIm7lgcgf84l40n9vMsFCmqcmoWzX8H0bqnUfw/ YN71NSKJomjSgufhsGBfxH4oAcVP4pg6Ss0dDZpBXch4As1emU7VAD/yuwIDAQAB oC4wLAYJKoZIhvcNAQkOMR8wHTAbBgNVHREBAf8EETAPggcxLjEuMS4xhwQBAQEB MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBAUAA4GBAB7AqcyPlqWqkZs2T92mLXZ8ApSyjNddhj54zSLY 6L+U4255miPOvCNHo8r3KlzG8jvnL76aBYbWDJfyJEZUIcHs4g1MvztSr0bw8Jcj pfNVFVhidMgxvMWK1RYM7POcQn6sy3YWZfFajrtXhQisu/KTV8Q6DFzd0b0fSHPu hX6D -----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
To display chassis information, use the show chassis command.
show chassis [ id | decommissioned | detail | fabric | firmware | fsm | inventory [detail | expand | fabric | fan | iom | psu | server] | iom | version ]
id | (Optional) Displays information for a specific chassis. |
decommissioned | (Optional) Displays information about a decommissioned chassis. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the chassis. |
fabric | (Optional) Displays information about the fabric. |
firmware | (Optional) Displays information about the firmware. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays information about the finite state machine. |
inventory | (Optional) Displays information about the chassis. |
iom | (Optional) Displays information about the input/output module. |
version | (Optional) Displays the version numbers of all the devices in the chassis. |
Displays chassis information.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show chassis command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of chassis.
The show iom command can be run in chassis (/chassis) mode.
This example shows how to display chassis information:
switch-A# show chassis Chassis: Chassis Overall Status Admin State ---------- ------------------------ ----------- 1 Accessibility Problem Acknowledged switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
To display Cisco Integrated Management Controller (CIMC) information, use the show cimc command.
show cimc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modifications |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display CIMC information:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show cimc detail CIMC: Product Name: Cisco B200-M1 PID: N20-B6620-1 VID: V01 Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc Serial (SN): QCI125200H9 Revision: 0 GUID: Current Task: switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To display Common Information Model (CIM) XML port information, use the show cimxml command.
show cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays CIM XML port information.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display CIM XML port information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # show cimxml Name: cimxml Admin State: Disabled Port: 5988 switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
To display information about the CPU statistics class, use the show class cpu-stats command.
show class cpu-stats [ detail | expand ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU statistics class. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about the CPU statistics class. |
Displays information about the CPU statistics class.
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display information about the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class cpu-stats expand Stats Class: Stats Class: Cpu Stats Stats Property: Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp Norm Value: 0.000000 Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp Avg Norm Value: 0.000000 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class dimm-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
To display information about the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics, use the show class dimm-env-stats command.
show class dimm-env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the DIMM environment statistics. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the DIMM environment statistics in expanded format. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display information about the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class dimm-env-stats detail Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Dimm Env Stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
To display information about the environment statistics class configuration, use the show class env-stats command.
show class env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the environment statistics class configuration. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the environment statistics class configuration in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display information about all configured environment statistics classes:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class env-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Env Stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class env-stats |
|
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
To display an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-err-stats { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port error statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-err-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Err Stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Multicast Stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Over Under Sized Stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display an Ethernet port statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-stats { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Stats By Size Large Packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ethernet Port Stats By Size Small Packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
To display information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration, use the show class ether-pause-stats command.
show class ether-pause-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display the configuration information of the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class ether-pause-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Ether Pause Stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
To display information about the Ethernet IO card statistics, use the show class io-card-stats command.
show class io-card-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the Ethernet IO card statistics. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the Ethernet IO card statistics, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display all the IO card statistics classes configured in the system:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class io-card-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Io Card Stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
To display the configuration information about the memory array environment statistics class, use the show class memory-array-env-stats command.
show class memory-array-env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the memory array environment statistics. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the memory array environment statistics, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class memory-array-env-stats Stats Class: Stats Class ----------- Memory Array Env Stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display configuration information of all PCIe fatal completion error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal error statistics class. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display the configuration information of all PCIe fatal error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display configuration information of all PCIe fatal protocol error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class. |
expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
None
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display the configuration information of all PCIe fatal receive error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
To display CLI information, use the show cli command.
show cli { command-status | history | mode-info | session-config | shell-type } *
command-status | (Optional) Displays the command status. |
history | (Optional) Displays the history of command usage. |
mode-info | (Optional) Displays information about the mode you are in. |
session-config | (Optional) Displays information about your session configuration. |
shell-type | (Optional) Displays information about the command shell type. |
Displays CLI information.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display information about your session configuration:
switch-A# show cli session-config Suppress Headers: off Suppress Field Spillover: off Table Field Delimiter: none switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show configuration |
|
show system |
|
To display the history of commands that were run, use the show cli history command.
show cli history
This command has no arguments or keywords.
By default, the command displays the list of commands that were run.
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view the CLI history.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # show cli history 1 00:00:00 scope org Test 2 00:00:00 scope service-profile sample 3 00:00:00 show cli history Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
To display the system clock, use the show clock command.
show clock [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # show clock Tue Apr 20 13:24:33 PDT 2010 switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
set clock (system) |
|
set timezone |
|
To display cluster information, use the show cluster command.
show cluster { extended-state | state }
extended-state | Displays extended information about the state of the cluster. |
state | Specifies information about the state of the cluster. |
Displays cluster information.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display extended information about the state of the cluster:
switch-A# show cluster extended-state Cluster Id: 0x7433f72a371511de-0xb90b000decb1ad44 Start time: Tue Jul 7 09:17:46 2009 Last election time: Tue Jul 7 09:22:17 2009 A: UP, PRIMARY B: UP, INAPPLICABLE, (Management services: DOWN) A: memb state UP, lead state PRIMARY, mgmt services state: UP B: memb state UP, lead state INAPPLICABLE, mgmt services state: DOWN heartbeat state PRIMARY_OK INTERNAL NETWORK INTERFACES: eth1, UP eth2, UP HA NOT READY Management services are unresponsive on peer switch No chassis configured switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show vif |
|
To display connectivity information, use the show connectivity command.
show connectivity
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays connectivity information.
Organization (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display connectivity information:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # show connectivity
Command |
Description |
show hv-conn |
|
show inventory |
|
To display the console authentication information, use the show console-auth command.
show console-auth [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays additional information of the authentication mechanism. |
This command displays information on the console authentication mechanism in a tabular format.
Security (/security)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view information on console authentication:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # show console-auth detail Console authentication: Realm: Local Authentication Server Group: Default
Command |
Description |
scope console-auth |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
To display core export target information, use the show core-export-target command.
show core-export-target [ detail | fsm status ]
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core export target. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays the status of the finite state machine. |
Displays core export target information.
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This command shows how to display core export target information:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show core-export-target Core Export Target: Server Name: Port: 69 Path: Administrative State: Disabled Description: Current Task: switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show fsm |
|
To displays the core dump file, use the show cores command.
show cores [ name { a | b } ] [detail]
name | (Optional) Displays a specific core dump file. |
a | Displays the core dump file for switch A. |
b | Displays the core dump file for switch B. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core dump file. |
Displays the core dump file.
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the core dump file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show cores Core Files: Name Fabric ID ---------- --------- 1266567175_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.18412.tar.gz B 1266270932_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8876.tar.gz B 1265702128_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.8802.tar.gz A 1265443496_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.22792.tar.gz A 1265130233_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8801.tar.gz A 1264676542_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.12062.tar.gz A 1263728238_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.3266.tar.gz A switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
To display CPU information, use the show cpu command.
show cpu [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CPU. |
Displays CPU information.
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display CPU details:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1 switch-A /chassis/server # show cpu Server 1/1: ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz) — -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- ----------- 1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.266000 2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.266000 switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To display information on the default authentication mechanism, use the show default-auth command.
show default-auth [detail]
detail | (Optional) To view the realm group and the authentication server group for the default authentication mechanism. |
By default, this command lists the realm and the authentication server group details in a tabular format.
Security (/security)
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An authentication domain must be created to use this command within the authentication domain mode.
This example shows how to view the default authentication mechanism for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Sample Switch-A /security/auth-domain # show default-auth detail Default authentication: Realm: Local Authentication server group: Testing
Command |
Description |
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
enter default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
To display destination information, use the show destination command.
show destination [ email-address | detail | expand ]
email-address | (Optional) Displays a specific email address. |
detail | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
expand | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
Displays destination information.
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show destination command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of email addresses.
This example shows how to display a list of email addresses:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring# scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # show destination detail Destination: Email: bob@cisco.com Email: sally@cisco.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Command |
Description |
show profile |
|
To display disk information, use the show disk command.
show disk [ vendor model revision | detail | expand ] *
vendor | (Optional) Displays a specific vendor name. |
model | (Optional) Displays a specific model number. |
revision | (Optional) Displays a specific revision number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays some details about each disk. |
expand | (Optional) Displays complete details about each disk. |
Displays disk information.
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
You can also use the show disk command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of disks.
Note |
If the server contains one or more SATA devices, such as a hard disk drive or solid state drive, this command displays ATA in the Vendor field. Use the expand keyword to display additional vendor information. |
This example shows how to display a list of disks:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope capability switch-A /system/capability # show disk Disk Capacity: Vendor Model HW Revision ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------- ATA SSDSA2SH064G1GC INTEL 0 FUJITSU MBB2147RC 0 FUJITSU MBC2073RC 0 SEAGATE ST9146802SS 0 SEAGATE ST973402SS 0 SEAGATE ST973451SS 0 switch-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show memory |
|
To display distributed virtual switch information, use the show distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
show distributed-virtual-switch [ dvs-name | | detail ]
dvs-name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. |
detail | Specifies detailed distributed virtual switch information, in list format. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display distributed virtual switch information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # show distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 Distributed Virtual Switch: Name Admin State ---------- ----------- dvs10 Disable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To display DNS information, use the show dns command.
show dns
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays DNS information.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This exampe shows how to display DNS information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show ntp |
|
To display download task information, use the show download-task command.
show download-task [ file-name | detail | fsm ] *
file-name | (Optional) Displays a specific download. |
detail | (Optional) Displays complete details about each download. |
fsm | (Optional) |
Displays download task information.
Firmware (/firmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show download-task command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of downloads.
This example shows how to display a list of downloads:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # show download-task Download task: File Name Protocol Server Userid State --------- -------- --------------- --------------- ----- ucs-dplug.4.0.1a.N2.1.1.61.gbin Scp 10.193.1.28 jaunderw Failed ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.61.gbin Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.71.gbin Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed switch-A /firmware #
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show image |
|
To display dynamic vNIC connection policy information, use the show dynamic-conn-policy command.
show dynamic-conn-policy [ vnic-name | detail ]
vnic-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific vNIC. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all vNICs. |
Displays dynamic vNIC connection policy information.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies.
This example shows how to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy: Name Dynamic Eth Enforcement Protection Adapter Profile Pin Group -------------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- --------------- --------- org10/dvcp10 60 Best Effort Protected org10/dvcp11 61 Best Effort Protected switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
To display egress-policy information, use the show egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
show egress-policy [ detail | | expand ]
detail | Displays all egress policy information, in list format. |
expand | Displays all egress policy information, in table format. |
None
QoS-policy (/org/qos-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display expanded egress policy information:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /system # scope qos-policy switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # show egress-policy expand Egress QoS Policy: Prio Rate Burst ----------- --------- ----- Best Effort 100000 10000 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To display environment information, use the show environment command.
show environment [ adapter | board | cpu | detail | expand | memory ]
adapter | (Optional) Displays information about the adapter. |
board | (Optional) Displays information about the motherboard. |
cpu | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU. |
detail | (Optional) |
expand | (Optional) |
memory | (Optional) Displays information about the memory. |
Displays environment information.
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show environment command without any arguments or keywords to display the state of the server.
This example shows how to display information about the motherboard:
switch-A#scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show environment Server 1/1: Oper Power: On Motherboard: Threshold Status: OK Power State: N/A Thermal Status: OK Voltage Status: OK CMOS Battery Voltage Status: OK switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server |
|
To display error recovery information, use the show error-recovery command.
show error-recovery [ detail | expand ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays details about error recovery. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about error recovery. |
Displays error recovery information.
Fibre Channel host (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display
switch-A /org # scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # show error-recovery
Command |
Description |
show port |
|
To Ethernet classified information, use the show eth-classified command.
show error-recovery [ bronze | detail | gold | platinum | silver ]
bronze | (Optional) Displays the bronze class. |
detail | (Optional) Displays all the classes. |
gold | (Optional) Displays the gold class. |
platinum | (Optional) Displays the platinum class. |
silver | (Optional) Displays the silver class. |
Displays Ethernet classified class information.
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the platinum Ethernet classified class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # show eth-classified platinum Ethernet Classified Class Priority: Platinum Cos: 5 Weight: 10 Bw Percent: Not Applicable Drop: No Drop Mtu: Normal Multicast Optimize: No Admin State: Disabled switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show fc |
|
To display Ethernet interface information, use the show eth-if command.
show eth-if [ interface-name | detail | expand ] *
interface-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific interface. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Ethernet interface information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited Ethernet interface information. |
Displays Ethernet interface information.
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display Ethernet interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show eth-if Ethernet Interface: Name: default Dynamic MAC Addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 Default Network: Yes VLAN ID: 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vnic |
|
To display the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the show eth-mon-session command.
show eth-mon-session [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) Name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. |
expand | Displays additional information on all Ethernet traffic monitoring sessions, in list format. |
detail | Displays information on all Ethernet traffic monitoring session, in list format. |
Displays information on all Ethernet Traffic monitoring sessions.
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
You can use the show command without any options to view all the Ethernet traffic monitoring sessions.
This example shows how to view information on a specific Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # show eth-mon-session Default detail Ether Traffic Monitoring Session: Name: Default Admin State: Disabled Oper State: Error Oper State Reason: Session Admin Shut Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
To display Ethernet profile information, use the show eth-profile command.
show eth-profile [ profile-name | detail | expand ] *
profile-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific Ethernet profile. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all Ethernet profiles. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Ethernet profiles. |
Displays Ethernet profile information.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show eth-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Ethernet profiles.
This example shows how to display a list of Ethernet profiles:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # show eth-profile Eth Profile: Name ---- org10/ep10 org10/ep11 org10/ep12 switch /org #
Command |
Description |
show fc-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To display information on the Ethernet target endpoint, use the show eth-target command.
show eth-target { name | detail | expand }
name | (Optional) To view information on a specific Ethernet target endpoint. |
detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on all configured Ethernet target endpoints. |
expand | (Optional) To view expanded information on all Ethernet target endpoints. |
By default, this command displays expanded information on the Ethernet target endpoints.
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command, Ethernet target endpoints must be configured for a fabric interface.
This example shows how to display information on a specific Ethernet target endpoint.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 1 2 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # show eth-target Test Ethernet Target Endpoint: Name Target MAC Address ---- ------------------ Test 11:22:33:44:55:66 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
create interface |
|
To display Ethernet uplink information, use the show eth-uplink command.
show eth-profile [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
detail | (Optional) Displays some detail about the Ethernet uplink. |
expand | (Optional) Displays all details about the Ethernet uplink. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays the finite state machine. |
Displays Ethernet uplink information.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display Ethernet uplink information:
switch# show eth-uplink expand Ethernet Uplink: Mode: End Host Fabric: Id: A Id: B Stats Threshold Policy: Full Name: fabric/lan/thr-policy-default VLAN: Name VLAN ID Fabric ID Native VLAN ---------- ---------- --------- ----------- default 1 Dual Yes switch#
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show fabric-interconnect |
|
To display event information, use the show event command.
show event [ event-id | detail ]
event-id | (Optional) Displays a specific event. |
detail | (Optional) Displays all events. |
Displays event information.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show event command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of events.
This example shows how to display a list of events:
switch-A# show event Creation Time ID Description -------------------- -------- ----------- 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33117 [FSM:STAGE:END]: unprovisioning the Virtual media bootable device for blade 1/1( 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33118 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Disconnect pre-boot environment agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33119 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Disconnect pre-boot environment agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE: 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33120 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33121 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33122 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Invoke post-discovery policies on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme 2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33123 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Invoke post-discovery policies on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme: switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show sel |
|
To view execute-disable information, use the show execute-disable command.
show execute-disable { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) Displays information on execute-disable options in an expanded form. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information. |
Displays expanded form of information.
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
BIOS Settings for a server (/chassis/server/bios/bios-settings)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view expanded execute-disable information for a BIOS Policy.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # show execute-disable expand Execute Disable Bit --- Enabled Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Command |
Description |
set execute-disable bit |
|
To display extension key information, use the show extension-key command in vmware mode.
show extension-key [ detail | | fsm status ]
detail | Specifies detailed extension key information, in list format. |
fsm status | Specifies the extension key finite state machine status. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display extension key information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show extension-key detail Extension Key: Key: Cisco-UCSM-DOC-TEAM-EXT-KEY Current Task: Busy switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
To display external Ethernet interface information, use the show ext-eth-if command.
show ext-eth-if [ interface-id | detail | expand ]
interface-id | (Optional) Displays a specific interface. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all interfaces. |
expand | Displays a list of interfaces. |
Displays information about the external Ethernet interfaces.
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show ext-eth-if command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of interfaces.
This example shows how to display a list of interfaces:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # show ext-eth-if Ext Interface: Adapter Id Id Mac Fabric ID Oper State ---------- ---------- ----------------- --------- ---------- 1 1 00:23:04:C6:A2:8C A Link Up 1 2 00:23:04:C6:A2:8D B Link Up switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #
Command |
Description |
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
To display IPv6 RSS hash profile information, use the show ext-ipv6-rss-hash command.
show ext-ipv6-rss-hash [ detail | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
Displays information about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the external IPv6 RSS hash profile:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # show ext-ipv6-rss-hash External IPv6 RSS Hash Profile: IP Hash: Disabled TCP Hash: Disabled switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Command |
Description |
show ipv4-rss-hash |
|
show ipv6-rss-hash |
|
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric command.
fc-uplink modeshow fabric [ a | b | detail | expand ]
chassis modeshow fabric [ detail ]
a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Chassis (/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fabric command in chassis mode, without any arguments or keywords, to display a list of fabrics.
This example shows how to display a list of fabrics:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # show fabric Locale: Id Name C Type Transport Side Slot Id Locale Type -- ---------- -------------- --------- ----- ---------- -------- ---- A Mux To Host Ether Left 1 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 1 Server Lan A Mux To Host Ether Left 2 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 2 Server Lan A Mux To Host Ether Left 3 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 3 Server Lan A Mux Fabric Ether Left 1 Chassis Lan B Mux Fabric Ether Right 2 Chassis Lan switch-A /fc-uplink #
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show pin-group |
|
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric-interconnect command.
show fabric-interconnect [ a | b ] [ detail | fsm status ]
a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnects:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect Fabric Interconnect: ID OOB IP Addr OOB Gateway OOB Netmask Operability -- --------------- --------------- --------------- ----------- A 10.193.66.91 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable B 10.193.66.92 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect inventory |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
To display fabric interconnect hardware information, use the show fabric-interconnect inventory command.
show fabric-interconnect inventory [ id { a | b } ] [expand] [detail]
a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
Displays information about the fabric interconnect hardware.
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnect hardware:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect inventory ID PID Vendor Serial (SN) HW Revision Total Memory (MB) -------- --------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- ----------------- A N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12480266 0 3549 B N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12520C81 0 3549 switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
To display the fabric interconnect mode, use the show fabric-interconnect mode command.
show fabric-interconnect mode
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the fabric interconnect mode:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect mode Ethernet switching mode: Mode: End Host FC switching mode: Mode: End Host switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
To display failover timeout information, use the show failover command.
show failover [ detail | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
Displays information about the failover timeout.
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display detailed failover timeout information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth # show failover Ethernet Failover Profile: Timeout (sec): 5 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth #
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show fault |
|
To display fan information, use the show fan command.
capability modeshow fan [ vendor model hardware-rev | detail | expand ]
fan-module modeshow fan [ detail | expand ]
vendor | (Optional) Displays the vendor name. |
model | (Optional) Displays the model number. |
hw-rev | (Optional) Displays the hardware revision number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed fan information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded fan information. |
Displays information about the fan.
Capability (/system/capability)
Fan module (/chassis/fan-module)
Fabric interconnect (any command mode)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan command without any arguments or keywords, in capability mode, to display a list of fans.
This command shows how to display a list of fans:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope capability switch-A /system/capability # show fan Fan Module: Vendor Model HW Revision ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------- Cisco 73-11624-02 04 Cisco Systems N5K-C5010-FAN 0 Cisco Systems N5K-C5020-FAN 0 Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN1= 0 Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN2= 0 Cisco Systems Inc N20-FAN5 0 N/A N10-FAN1 0 N/A N10-FAN2 0 switch-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To display fan module information, use the show fan-module command.
show fan [ traymodule ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
tray module | (Optional) Displays a specific module in a specific tray. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about all fans. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited information about all fans. |
Displays information about the fan module.
Chassis (/chassis)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan-module command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of fan modules.
This command shows how to display a list of fan modules:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /system/capability # show fan-module Fan Module: Tray Module Overall Status ---------- ---------- -------------- 1 1 Operable 1 2 Operable 1 3 Operable 1 4 Operable 1 5 Operable 1 6 Operable 1 7 Operable 1 8 Operable switch-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
show fan |
|
show iom |
|
To display fault policy information, use the show fault policy command.
show fault policy [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the fault policy. |
Displays information about the fault policy.
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the fault policy:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy Fault Policy: Clear Action: Retain Retention Interval: 00:01:00:00 Flap Interval (sec): 10 switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show syslog |
|
To display Fibre Channel class information, use the show fc command.
show fc [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel class information. |
Displays information about the Fibre Channel class.
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel class information:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # show fc FC Class: Priority: 1 Cos: 3 Weight: 5 Bw Percent: 50 Drop: No Drop Mtu: Fc Admin State: Enabled switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
To display Fibre Channel interface information, use the show fc-if command.
show fc-if [ detail ] [ expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel interface information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded Fibre Channel interface information. |
Displays information about Fibre Channel interfaces.
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # show fc-if Fibre Channel Interface: Name: default vSAN ID: 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vhba |
|
To display Fibre Channel profile information, use the show fc-profile command.
show fc-profile [ profile-name ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
profile-name | (Optional) Displays a specific Fibre Channel profile. |
detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
Displays information about Fibre Channel profiles.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fc-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles.
This example shows how to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org/ # show fc-profile FC Profile: Name ---- org10/fcp10 org10/fcp11 switch-A /org/ #
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show org |
|
To display information on the Fibre Channel storage device, use the show fc-storage command.
show fc-storage { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) To view additional information about the Fibre Channel storage device. |
detail | (Optional) To view detailed information about the Fibre Channel storage device. |
By default, this command displays the Fibre Channel over Ethernet native VLAN ID.
Any command mode.
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view expanded information on the Fibre Channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # show fc-storage expand FC Storage: FCoE Storage Native VLAN: 44 VSAN: Name: VSAN100_storage ID: 100 FCoE VLAN ID: 100 Default zoning: disabled Overall status: ok Member Port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed --------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ---------- A 2 3 Down Administratively down Indeterminate Name: test ID: 200 FCoE VLAN ID: 200 Default zoning: disabled Overall status: ok Member Port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed --------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ---------- A 3 4 Down Administratively down Indeterminate Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
scope fc-storage |
|
create vsan |
|
create vlan |
|
To display information on a feature, use the show feature command.
show feature [ name vendor version ] [detail]
name | Name of the feature. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters. |
vendor | Name of the vendor. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
version | Version of the feature. The version can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
detail | (Optional) To display detailed information. |
By default, this command displays the license feature information in a tabular format.
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to display detailed information on a license feature.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show feature detail License feature: Name: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Vendor: cisco Version: 1.0 Type: Counted Grace Period: 120 Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
clear file |
|
To view licenses installed on a fabric interconnect, use the show file command.
show file license file name detail
license file name | (Optional) The name of a license file. Use this option to view the details of a specific license file. |
detail | (Optional) Displays the licenses installed on the fabric interconnect with the level of detail specified in the command. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) |
This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view the licenses details installed on a fabric interconnect.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show file detail License file: UCSFEAT20100928112305377.lic ID : 1212121212121212 Version: 1.0 Scope: A State: Installed Features Feature names:ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Vendor: cisco Version: 1.0 Quantity: 24 Lines: Line ID: 1 Type: Increment Expiry Date: Never Pak: Quantity: 24 Signature: B10101010101 License file: UCSFEAT20100928112332175.lic ID : 1313131313131313 Version: 1.0 Scope: B State: Installed Features Feature names:ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Vendor: cisco Version: 1.0 Quantity: 24 Lines: Line ID: 1 Type: Increment Expiry Date: Never Pak: Quantity: 24 Signature: F302020202020 Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
show usage |
|
To display identity information for a server, use the show identity command.
show identity
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display identity information for a server:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # show identity Server 1/1: Burned-In UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6 Dynamic UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6 Ext Interface: Adapter Interface Mac ------- --------- --- 1 1 00:24:97:1F:5B:F2 1 2 00:24:97:1F:5B:F3 switch-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
To display identifier information for a service profile, use the show identity command.
show identity
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display identifier information for a service profile:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # show identity Service Profile Name: org100/sp100 UUID Suffix Pool: Dynamic UUID: Derived switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
To display the MAC address identity information for a system, use the show identity mac-addr command.
show identity mac-addr [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
id | Displays identity information for a specific MAC address. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. |
pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the MAC address identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr MAC Address Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/ls-Blade6-Default/ether-eth1 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr pool-info MAC Address Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/mac-pool-default/00:25:B5:00:00:00 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:01 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:02 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
To display the universally unique identifier (UUID) identity information for a system, use the show identity uuid command.
show identity uuid [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
id | Displays identity information for a specific UUID. Specify a UUID in the form NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the UUID identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity uuid UUID Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 0000-000000000001 No Pool switch-A /org # show identity uuid pool-info UUID Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 0000-000000000001 No Pool org-root/uuid-pool-p100/0000-000000000001 switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
To display the world-wide name (WWN) identity information for a system, use the show identity wwn command.
show identity wwn [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
id | Displays identity information for a specific WWN. Specify a unique WWN in the form HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. |
pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the WWN identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity wwn WWN Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity wwn pool-info WWN Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------------- -------- --------- ------- 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-p44/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-oneWWtwoNN/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
To display information about one or more interfaces on a fabric interconnect, use the show interface command.
show interface show interface [ slot-id port-id|fsm ] [ expand|detail ]
slot-id | (Optional) Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
port-id | (Optional) Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
fsm | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
expand | (Optional) Displays details about the interface. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about the interface, including the admin state, operating state, and port mode. |
None
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display information about one or more interfaces on a fabric interconnect.
This example shows how to display expanded information about interfaces on a fabric interconnect:
switch-A# scope eth-storage switch-A# /eth-storage # scope fabric b switch-A# /eth-storage/fabric # show interface expand Storage Ethernet Interface: Slot ID: 2 Port Id: 7 Admin State: Enabled Oper State: Sfp Not Present State Reason: Unknown Slot ID: 3 Port Id: 15 Admin State: Enabled Oper State: Sfp Not Present State Reason: Unknown switch-A /eth-storage/fabric #
This example shows how to display detailed information about a specific interface:
switch-A# scope eth-storage switch-A# /eth-storage # scope fabric b switch-A# /eth-storage/fabric # show interface 2 7 detail Storage Ethernet Interface: Slot ID: 2 Port Id: 7 User Label: Admin State: Enabled Oper State: Sfp Not Present Port mode: Trunk Pin group name: State Reason: Unknown Current Task: switch-A /eth-storage/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
To display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message, use the show inventory command.
show inventory [detail]
detail | (Optional) Display additional configuration details. |
None
/exec/monitoring/callhome
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message.
This example shows how to display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # show inventory detail Callhome periodic system inventory: Send periodically: Off Interval days: 14 Hour of day to send: 17 Minute of hour: 30 Time last sent: Never Next scheduled: Never Send Now: No switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
To display IPMI user information, use the show ipmi-user command.
show ipmi-user [ ipmi-user-name | detail | expand ] *
ipmi-user-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific IPMI user. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all end-point users. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all end-point users. |
Displays IPMI user information.
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced as show epuser. |
1.4(1) | This command was renamed as show ipmi-user. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show ipmi-user command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of IPMI users.
This example shows how to display a list of IPMI users:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # show ipmi-user IPMI user: User Name End point user privilege Password ---------- ------------------------ -------- epu10 Readonly epu11 Readonly switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
scope ipmi-user |
|
enter ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
To display information on LDAP groups, use the show ldap-group command.
show ldap-group [Group DN] [detail]
Group DN | (Optional) Name of the LDAP group. |
detail | (Optional) To view detailed information of all the LDAP groups. |
By default, this command will list the LDAP groups on the system.
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to display information on all LDAP groups on the system:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # show ldap-group detail LDAP group Default Roles: Name: server-profile Name: server-security Name: storage Locales: Name: Sample LDAP group Example Roles: Name: sample Locales: Name: Sample
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
create ldap-group |
|
enter ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
To display information on the LDAP group rules, use the show ldap-group-rule command.
show ldap-group-rule [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays additional information on the LDAP group rules. |
By default, this command lists the LDAP group rule that is enabled.
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
To use this command in the LDAP server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
This example shows how to view the LDAP group rules information for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Default Switch-A /security/ldap/server # show ldap-group-rule detail Ldap group rules: Group traversal: Non Recursive Check user's ldap group: Enable attribute holding parent DNS: up Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
To display a list of license files, use the show license brief command.
show license brief
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command has been deprecated. |
This command does not require a license.
This command was deprecated. Use the showfile command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to display a list of license files:
switch-A# show license brief Enterprise.lic FibreChannel.lic switch-A#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display services using the default license, use the show license default command.
show license default
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show usage command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to display the services using the default license:
switch-A# show license default Feature Default License Count ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FM_SERVER_PKG - ENTERPRISE_PKG - FC_FEATURES_PKG - ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG 8 ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- switch-A#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display the contents of a license file, use the show license file command.
show license file [license-file-name]
license-file-name | Displays the contents of the specified file. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show filecommand in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to display the contents of a license file:
switch-A# show license file enter.lic enter.lic: SERVER this_host ANY VENDOR cisco INCREMENT ENTERPRISE_PKG cisco 1.0 permanent uncounted \ VENDOR_STRING=<LIC_SOURCE>UCS_SWIFT</LIC_SOURCE><SKU>ENTERPRISE_PKG=</SKU> \ HOSTID=VDH=FLC12360025 \ NOTICE="<LicFileID>20090519230254773</LicFileID><LicLineID>1</LicLineID> \ <PAK></PAK>" SIGN=134D2848E9B0 switch-A#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display the ID of this host for licensing, use the show license host-id command.
show license host-id
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show server-host-id command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to display the ID of this host for licensing:
switch-A# show license host-id License hostid: VDH=FOX064317SQ switch-A#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display the usage of some or all license packages, use the show license usage command.
show license usage [ enterprise-pkg | eth-module-activation-pkg | eth-port-activation-pkg | fc-features-pkg | fm-server-pkg ]
enterprise-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
eth-module-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet module activation package license files. |
eth-port-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet port activation package license files. |
fc-features-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Fibre Channel features package license files. |
fm-server-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show usage command in the License mode (/license).
This example shows how to display the usage of the license packages:
switch-A# show license usage Feature Ins Lic Status Expiry Date Comments Count -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FM_SERVER_PKG No - Unused - ENTERPRISE_PKG Yes - Unused Never - FC_FEATURES_PKG Yes - Unused Never - ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Yes 25 Unused Never - ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG No 0 Unused - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- switch-A#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display local disk configuration policy information, use the show local-disk-config-policy command.
show local-disk-config-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *
name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific local disk configuration policy. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about boot policies. |
expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies. |
Displays local disk configuration policy information.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show local-disk-config-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.
This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # show local-disk-config-policy Local Disk Config Policy: Name Mode Protect Configuration -------------------- ------------------- ---------------- org10/bp10 Any Configuration No org10/bp11 Any Configuration Yes switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
To display information on the maintenance policies, use the show maint-policy command.
show maint-policy [name] [detail]
name | (Optional) Name of the maintenance policy. This option will display information only on the specified policy. |
detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all the maintenance policies that are created. |
By default, this command will list the maintenance policies that are created, and the respective scheduler information.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view detailed information on the maintenance policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show maint-policy detail Maintenance Policy: Name: Default Scheduler: Timed Uptime Disruptions: Immediate Name: Sample Scheduler: Test Uptime Disruptions: Immediate
Command |
Description |
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
create maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
To display information on the management interface monitor settings, use the show mgmt-if-mon-policy command.
show mgmt-if-mon-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to display information on the management interface monitor settings.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # show mgmt-if-mon-policy Admin status: Disabled Polling interval: 90 Max Failure Reports: 3 Monitoring mechanism: Mii Status MII Status Settings: -------------------- Mii Status Retry Interval: 5 Mii Status Retry Count: 3 Ping Gateway Settings: ---------------------- Number of ping requests: 3 Deadline time to wait for ping responses: 15 Arp Target Settings: ------------------- Number of arp requests: 3 Deadline time to wait for arp responses: 10 Arp IP Target1: 0.0.0.0 Arp IP Target2: 0.0.0.0 Arp IP Target3: 0.0.0.0 Switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
To display information on a monitor source session, use the show mon-src command.
show mon-src [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) Use this option to view information on a specific monitor source session. |
expand | Use this option to view detailed information on all monitor source sessions. |
detail | Use this option to view information on the monitor source sessions |
By default, this command lists the monitor source session, and the direction of the session in a tabular format.
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A monitor source session must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to display the monitor source session information for a VNIC in a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show mon-src Testing Monitor Source: Name Direction ----- ---------- Testing Both
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
To display network control policy information, use the show nw-ctrl-policy command.
show nw-ctrl-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) The name of the network control policy. This option displays information on the specified network control policy. |
expand | (Optional) Lists all the network control policies that are configured, along with additional information. |
detail | (Optional) Lists all the network control policies along with information on CPD and the uplink fail action. |
By default, this command displays all the configured network control policies along with CDP and uplink fail action specifications.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
A network control policy must be configured to use this command.
To use the detail or expand option, the uplink fail action must be configured to use this command.
This example shows how to display network control policy information:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # show nw-ctrl-policy nCP100 Network Control Policy: Name CDP Uplink fail action ---------- -------- ------------------ nCP100 Enabled Warning
Command |
Description |
create nw-ctrl-policy |
|
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
enter nw-ctrl-policy |
|
delete nw-ctrl-policy |
|
set uplink-fail-action |
|
To display information on the one-time occurrence schedules that are configured, use the show occurrence one-time command.
show occurrence one-time [name] [detail]
name | (Optional) The name of the one time schedule occurrence. This option will display information on the specified one-time schedule. |
detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all one time occurrence schedules that have been configured. It also displays additional information on each schedule. |
By default, this command displays the name, the start date, and the executed tasks of the schedule.
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule and one-time occurrence schedule must be created prior to using this command.
This example shows how to view detailed information on the one-time occurrence schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # show occurrence one-time detail One-Time Occurrence: Name: Sample Start Date: 2010-11-02 T12:23:00:00 Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss):None Max Concur Tasks: Unlimited Max Tasks: Unlimited Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Jobs: 0 Switch-A /system/schedule #
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
To display information on the recurring occurrence of a schedule, use the show occurrence recurring command.
show occurrence recurring [name] [detail]
name | (Optional) The name of the recurring occurrence of a schedule. This option displays information on the specified recurring occurrence of the schedule. |
detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all recurring occurrences that have been created. |
By default, this command displays information on all recurring occurrences of the schedule in a tabular format.
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A schedule policy and a recurring occurrence for the schedule must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to view information on the recurring occurrence of a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # show occurrence recurring detail Recurring Occurrence: Name: Trial Day: Every day Hour: Every hour Minute: Every Minute Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Max Concur Tasks: 0 Max Tasks: 4 Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Tasks: 0 Name: Sample Day: Monday Hour: Every hour Minute: Every Minute Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Max Concur Tasks: 2 Max Tasks: 4 Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Tasks: 1
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
To view the changes that are pending for a service profile, use the show pending-changes command.
show pending-changes { expand | detail } *
expand | (Optional) To view expanded information on the changes that are pending. |
detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on the changes that are pending. |
By default, the command displays expanded information on a service profile.
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A service profile must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to view detailed information on a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # show pending-changes detail Pending Changes: ---------------- Scheduler: Test Changed by: admin Acked by: user Modified date: 2011-10-03 T09:47:32.618 State: Untriggered Admin State: Untriggered Pending Changes: 1 Pending Disruptions: 0 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
To view information on a port channel, use the show port-channel command.
show port-channel [port-channel-id] { expand | detail } *
port-channel-id | (Optional) Specify a port channel ID to view information on a specific port channel. |
detail | Use this option to view information on all port channels that are created. |
expand | Use this option to view detailed information on all port channels that are created and the associated member port channels. |
By default, the command displays information on all configured port channels in a tabular format.
Fabric interconnect within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric Interconnect mode within the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric Interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric). |
Port channels must be created to use this command.
This example shows how to view detailed information on all port channels:
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # show port-channel detail Port Channel: Channel ID: 1 Name: Sample Admin State: Enabled Oper State: Up Admin Speed: Auto Oper Speed (Gbps): 8 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Command |
Description |
create port-channel |
|
scope port-channel |
|
enter port-channel |
|
delete port-channel |
|
To display the committed power usage level of a server, use the show power-budget command.
show power-budget [ detail | expand ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display the committed power usage level of a server.
The following example displays the power usage level setting for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4 UCS-A /chassis/server # show power-budget Power Budget: Committed (W): 1000 Oper Committed (W): Disabled UCS-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
To display information on the configured power policies, use the show power-control-policy command.
show power-control-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) The name of the power control policy. This option displays information on the specified power control policy. |
expand | This option lists all the power control policies and the organization for which they have been created. |
detail | This option lists all the power control policies and lists additional information on the priorities configured for each power control policy. |
By default, this command lists all the power control policies that have been configured.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view information on the power control policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show power-control-policy detail Power Policy: Name: Sample Admin Priority: 5 Oper Priority: 5 Name: Test Admin Priority: 2 Oper Priority: 2 Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
To view information on power groups, use the show power-group command.
show power-group [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) The name of the power group. This option displays information on the specified power group. |
expand | This option lists all the power groups that are configured along with additional information such as configured chassis. |
detail | This option lists all the configured power groups and provides detailed information on each power group. |
By default, this command lists the configured power groups in a tabular format.
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Power groups must be created and a chassis must be associated with each power group to view complete information on the power groups.
This example shows how to view detailed information of the power groups.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # show power-group expand Group: Name: Default Peak (W): Unbound Operstate: Cap ok Chassis: ID Status -- ------ 1 Cap OK Name: Sample Peak (W): Unbound Operstate: Cap ok Chassis: ID Status -- ------ 1 Cap OK Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
delete power-group |
|
To display PSU policy information, use the show psu-policy command in org mode.
show psu-policy [ detail ]
detail | Displays the full policy, in list format. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display the full policy:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # show psu-policy psup100 PSU Policy: Redundancy: n-plus-1 Description: psup100 switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
set redundancy |
|
show psu |
|
To display information on the rack server discovery policy, use the show rackserver-disc-policy command.
show rackserver-disc-policy [detail]
detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on a rack server discovery policy. |
Displays information on the rackserver disc policy in a tabular format.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view detailed information on the rack server disc policy.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # show rackserver-disc-policy detail Rack Server Discovery Policy: Action: Immediate Scrub Policy: Default Description: Sample policy Switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
scope rackserver-disc-policy |
|
To display information on a scheduler policy, use the show scheduler command.
show scheduler [name] { expand | detail } *
name | (Optional) The name of the scheduler. This option displays information on the specified scheduler. |
expand | (Optional) Lists all the schedulers and the maintenance policies that have been configured for each policy. |
detail | (Optional) Lists all the schedulers that have been configured. |
By default, this command only lists the schedulers that have been configured.
System (/system)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
A scheduler policy must be created to use this command.
The one-time and periodic maintenance window policies must be configured to use the expand option with this command.
This example shows how to view information of a scheduler.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # show scheduler expand Name: Default One-time Maintenance Window: Name Start Date Executed Jobs ---- ----------- -------------- Test 2010-09-04 T03:00:00:000 2 Periodic Maintenance Window: Name Day Hour Minute Executed Jobs ----- --- ---- ------- ------------- Trial Monday 2 30 3
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
To display security-related finite state machine information, use the show security fsm status command.
show security fsm status
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display security-related finite state machine information:
switch-A# show security fsm status FSM 1: Remote Result: Not Applicable Remote Error Code: None Remote Error Description: Status: Nop Previous Status: Update User Ep Success Timestamp: 2010-02-18T05:19:05.705 Try: 0 Progress (%): 100 Current Task: switch-A#
Command |
Description |
|
To display the contents of the system event log (SEL) of a server, use the show sel command.
show sel server-id
server-id | The server identifier, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the contents of the SEL for server 1 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show sel 1/1 1 | 02/15/2010 17:23:27 | BIOS | System Event #0x83 | Timestamp clock synch | SEL timestamp clock updated, event is first of pair | Asserted 2 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to Degraded | Asserted 3 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to On Line | Deasserted 4 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is blinking fast | Asserted 5 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Deasserted 6 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is on | Asserted 7 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is off | Deasserted 8 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Absent | Asserted 9 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Present | Deasserted a | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Asserted b | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED color is green | Asserted --More-- switch-A#
Command |
Description |
|
To display the actual boot order of a server, use the show server actual-boot-order command.
show server actual-boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the actual boot order of server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server actual-boot-order 1/3 Server 1/3: Last Update: 2010-02-18T05:20:33.603 Network Device (1) Cisco NIC 11:0.0 (2) Cisco NIC 12:0.0 CD/DVD (1) Cisco Virtual CD/DVD 1.19 HDD (1) #0100 ID00 LUN0 FUJITSU MBC207 FDD (1) Cisco Virtual HDD 1.19 (2) Cisco Virtual Floppy 1.19 Internal EFI Shell switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server boot-order |
|
To display information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter command.
show server adapter [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter 1/3 Server 1/3: Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ -------------- 1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
To display identity information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter identity command.
show server adapter identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display identity information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter identity 1/3 Server 1/3: Burned-In UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-3456-0123456789ab Dynamic UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-abcd-0000000015d9 Adapter 1: Product Name: Cisco UCS VIC M81KR Virtual Interface Card PID: N20-AC0002 VID: V01 Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc Serial: QCI13110017 Revision: 0 Ext Interface: Adapter Interface Mac ------- --------- --- 1 1 00:24:97:1F:5C:34 1 2 00:24:97:1F:5C:35 switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
To display inventory information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter inventory command.
show server adapter inventory [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display inventory information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter inventory 1/3 Server 1/3: Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ -------------- 1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
To display Layer 2 information about the network adapters, use the show server adapter layer2 command.
show server adapter layer2 [detail]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display Layer 2 information about the network adapters:
switch-A# scope server 1/5 switch-A /chassis/server # show server adapter layer2 Ext Interface: Adapter Interface Mac ------- --------- --- 1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C 1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter status |
|
To display status information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter status command.
show server adapter status [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display status information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter status 1/3 Server 1/3: Overall Status -------------- Operable switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
To display the boot order of a server, use the show server boot-order command.
show server boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display the boot order of server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server boot-order 1/5 Boot Definition: Full Name: sys/chassis-1/blade-5/boot-policy Reboot on Update: No Boot LAN: Order: 1 LAN Image Path: Type: Primary VNIC: default switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server actual-boot-order |
|
To display information about the CPUs in a server, use the show server cpu command.
show server cpu [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display information about the CPUs in server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server cpu 1/5 Server 1/5: ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz) --- -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- ----------- 1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.666000 2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.666000 switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server actual-boot-order |
|
show adapter |
|
show server boot-order |
|
show server identity |
|
show server inventory |
|
To display identity information about a server, use the show server identity command.
show server identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
This example shows how to display identity information about server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server identity 1/5 Server 1/5: Burned-In UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb Dynamic UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb Ext Interface: Adapter Interface Mac ------- --------- --- 1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C 1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D switch-A#
Command |
Description |
show server cpu |
|
show server adapter |
|
To view the host ID of a Fabric Interconnect, use the show server-host-id command.
show server-host-id a b detail
a | (Optional). The identifier for server A. |
b | (Optional). The identifier for server B. |
detail | This option will display the host ID for all fabric interconnects that are available. |
None
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) |
This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view the host ID of all fabric interconnects.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show server-host-id Server host id: Scope Host ID ----- ------ A VDH=SSI13420MRJ B VDH=FLCI2360018 Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
show file |
|
show usage |
|
To display SNMPv3 user information, use the show snmp-user command.
show snmp-user [user-name]
user-name | User name. |
None
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display SNMPv3 user information:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # show snmp-user switch-A /monitoring # SNMPv3 User: Name Authentication type ------------------------ ------------------- su100 Md5 switch-A /monitoring #
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
To display SoL policy information, use the show sol-policy command.
show sol-policy [ sol-policy-name | detail ]
sol-policy-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific SoL policy. |
detail | (Optional) Displays details about all SoL policies. |
Displays information about SoL policies.
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show sol-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of policies.
This example shows how to display details about all SoL policies:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # show sol-policy detail SOL Policy: Name: org10/sol-p10 Admin State: Disable Speed: 9600 Description: Name: org10/sol-p11 Admin State: Disable Speed: 9600 Description: switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show qos-policy |
|
To display the SSH public key of the host, use the show sshkey command in local management mode.
show sshkey
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display the SSH public key of the host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to display the SSH public key of the host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# show sshkey ******************* SSH RSA Public Key ******************* ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAxlYfe7GDtmCdgZ2TfQivPrQmXh6E808oOofhqgMBA72b ACu/QJxYeR+S7yqfHJYl1P/Uu+XC3GPueAk5sC3aMMbocwYVt58BsmXeeRubaoO51t1GCQjwwEivQRgI JGK2dyu1ZWzfiGgaYku3gCYqC59PS7F2TYIoJCWnXwIRI58= root@ switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display the power usage of a server, use the show stats mb-power-stats command.
show stats mb-power-stats [ detail ]
detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
None
Server (/chassis/server)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display the power usage of a server.
The following example displays the power usage for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4 UCS-A /chassis/server # show stats mb-power-stats Mb Power Stats: Time Collected: 2010-04-20T08:45:31.209 Monitored Object: sys/chassis-2/blade-4/board Suspect: No Consumed Power (W): 116.653679 Input Voltage (V): 12.051000 Input Current (A): 9.680000 Thresholded: Input Voltage Min UCS-A /chassis/server #
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
To view technical information on the chassis, fabric extender module (fex), server and the UCS Manager, use the showtech-support command.
show tech-support chassis fex server ucsm
chassis | The ID of the chassis. The ID must be a numeric value between 1 and 255. |
fex | The ID of the Fabric extender module. The ID must be a numeric value between 1 and 255. |
server | The rack ID of the server. The value must be a numeric value. |
ucsm | To view information on the Unified Computing System Manager software. |
None
Local Management (/local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
A fabric must be specified to enter the Local Management command mode.
The chassis and Fabric extender module ID must be values between 1 and 255.
This example shows how to view information on the Unified Computing System Manager software on a switch.
Switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Switch-A (local-mgmt) # show tech-support ucsm Brief Technical Support Information for Fabric A ************************************************* System Version and Platform Information ************************************************* 'show system uptime' System Start time: Wed Nov 10 23:39:22 2010 System uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds Kernel uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds Active supervisor uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds 'show system resources' Load average: 1 minute:1.49 5 minutes: 0.68 15 minutes: 0.48 Processes: 456 total, 3 running CPU states: 0.0% user, 2.0% kernel, 98.0% idle Memory usage: 3634760K total, 1971160K used, 1663600K free, OK buffers, 1493404K cache Switch-A (local-mgmt) #
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show clock |
|
show cluster |
|
show file |
|
show license |
|
show mgmt-ip-debug |
|
show open-network-ports |
|
show pmon |
|
show processes |
|
show sel |
|
show sshkey |
|
show version |
|
To view license usage for a fabric interconnect, use the show usage command.
show usage a b detail Feature
a | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage for scope A. |
b | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage for scope B. |
detail | (Optional) Use this option to view the complete details of the license usage for scope A and B. |
Feature | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage based on a feature name. |
By default, the command displays license usage information according to a feature name in a tabular format.
License (/license)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to view detailed license usage information for a fabric interconnect:
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show usage detail License instace: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Scope : A Default: 8 Total Quant: 8 Used Quant: 5 State: License OK Peer Status: Matching Grace Used: 0 License instace: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Scope : B Default: 8 Total Quant: 8 Used Quant: 5 State: License OK Peer Status: Matching Grace Used: 0 Switch-A /license #
Command |
Description |
show file |
|
show server-host-id |
|
To display VCenter information, use the show vcenter command in vmware mode.
show vcenter [ vcenter-name | | detail | | fsm status ]
vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
detail | Displays all VCenter information, in list format. |
fsm status | Displays all VCenter finite state machine information, in list format. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display VCenter information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show vcenter vc10 vCenter: Name: vc10 Description: test Hostname or IP address: Certificate: vCenter Server Version: switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
To display vCon information, use the show vcon command.
show vcon [ 1 | | 2 | | detail | | expand ]
1 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 1. |
2 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 2. |
detail | Displays all vCons. |
expand | Displays all vCons. |
None
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display vCon information:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # show vcon 1 Virtual Network Interfaces: Virtual Network Interfaces ID: 1 Selection Preference: All Pubs-A /org/service-profile* #
To display vCon policy information, use the show vcon-policy command.
show vcon-policy [ policy-name | | detail | | expand ]
policy-name | The name of the policy. Displays the specified vCon policy. |
detail | Displays the vCon policy that is associated with the service profile that you entered. |
expand | Displays all vCon policies. |
None
Organization (/org)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display vCon policy information:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # show vcon-policy vcp100 vNIC/vHBA Placement Profile: Name ---- org100/vcp100 Pubs-A /org #
To display virtual machine information, use the show virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
show virtual-machine [ uuid | | detail | | expand ]
uuid | The UUID of the virtual machine. |
detail | Specifies detailed virtual machine information, in list format. |
expand | Specifies expanded virtual machine information, in table format. |
None
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to display virtual machine information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show virtual-machine switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
To view the Virtual LAN port count for a Fabric interconnect module, use the show vlan-port-count command.
show vlan-port-count
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Displays the Virtual LAN port count for a Fabric interconnect module.
Fabric Interconnect module (/fabric-interconnect)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.4(1) | The number of VLAN port instances that you can configure for a fabric is reduced from 8000 to 6000. |
You must select a fabric to use this command.
You can configure a maximum of 6000 VLAN port instances for a given fabric-interconnect.
This example shows how to view the Virtual LAN port counts for Fabric A.
Switch-A # scope fabric-interconnect a Switch-A /fabric-interconnect # show vlan-port-count VLAN-Port Count: VLAN-Port Limit Access VLAN-Port Count Border VLAN-Port Count Alloc Status -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6000 5 10 Available Switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Command |
Description |
scope fabric-interconnect |
|
show activate |
|
show environment |
|
show event |
|
show fan |
|
show fault |
|
show file |
|
show firmware |
|
show fsm |
|
show image |
|
show inventory |
|
show psu |
|
show stats |
|
show storage |
|
show version |
|
To display information on the virtual machine life cycle policy, use the show vm-life-cycle-policy command.
show vm-life-cycle-policy { expand | detail } *
expand | Displays additional information on the VM life cycle policy. |
detail | Displays detailed information on the VM life cycle policy. |
By default, the command displays additional information on the VM life cycle policy.
Virtual Machine Management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
None
This example shows how to display detailed information on the VM lifecycle policy.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # show vm-life-cycle-policy detail VM Life Cycle Policy: VM Retention Time (Minutes): 15 vNIC Retention Time (Minutes): 15 Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt #
Command |
Description |
scope vm-life-cycle-policy |
|
To view information on the configured Web session limits, use the show web-session-limits command.
show web-session-limits detail
detail | (Optional) Use this option to view detailed information on all Web session limits that have been configured. |
By default, the command displays information on the configured Web session limits in a tabular format.
Services (/system/services)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Web session limits should have been configured prior to using this command.
This example shows how to view information on the configured Web session limits.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # show web-session-limits detail Web Sessions: Maximum logins for single user: 32 Maximum sessions: 256 Switch-A /system/services #
Command |
Description |
scope web-session-limits |
|
set peruser |
|
set total |
|
To log in to a host that supports SSH, use the ssh command.
ssh host-name
host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to log in to a host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to open an SSH connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ssh 192.0.2.111 samdme@192.0.2.111's password:
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To display the last ten lines of a management log file and monitor new entries, use the tail-mgmt-log command in local management command mode.
tail-mgmt-log filebase
filebase | Base name of a management log file. See Usage Guidelines for valid base names. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display the ten most recent lines of a management log file and monitor new entries.
Using the filebase argument, this command accesses the management log file at /var/sysmgr/sam_logs/ filebase .log , displaying the ten most recent lines of the log file. After displaying the stored lines, the command remains open, displaying any new lines until you press the Ctrl-C key combination.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to monitor the most recent entries of a management log file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# tail-mgmt-log svc_sam_cliD [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 13:36:56.216][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/0(11908) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 9512 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 11908 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 16:34:14.019][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/1(23013) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 17:01:28.100][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 23013 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:07:28.315][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/2(8612) [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:09:45.404][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/3(8794) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:09:58.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8612 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:17:58.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8794 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 13 09:41:08.052][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/4(8618) Ctrl-C switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To log in to a host that supports Telnet, use the telnet command in local management command mode.
telnet host-name [port-num]
host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
port-num | (Optional) TCP port number. The default is 23. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to log in to a host that supports Telnet.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to open a Telnet connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# telnet 10.193.66.111 Trying 10.20.30.111... Connected to 10.20.30.111. Escape character is '^]'. SanJose login:
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal length command.
terminal length lines
lines | Specifies the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for lines is 0 to 511 lines. Enter 0 to eliminate pausing.
This example shows how to set the terminal length to 12 lines:
switch-A# terminal length 12 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
terminal width |
|
To enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, use the terminal monitor command.
terminal [ no ] monitor
no | Disables the display of syslog messages in the terminal window. |
Disabled
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to display syslog messages in the terminal window. To prevent the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, enter the terminal no monitor command.
This example shows how to enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window:
switch-A# terminal monitor switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
set syslog monitor |
|
To configure an inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions, use the terminal session-timeout command.
terminal session-timeout minutes
minutes | Specifies the number of minutes of inactivity before the terminal session disconnects. |
Disabled
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to configure the inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions. The range of minutes is 0 to 525600 minutes. To prevent the session from disconnecting due to inactivity, enter 0 minutes.
This example shows how to configure an inactivity timeout of 60 minutes for a terminal window session:
switch-A# terminal session-timeout 60 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
To set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal width command.
terminal width characters
characters | Specifies the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. |
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for characters is 24 to 511 characters.
This example shows how to set the terminal display width to 40 characters per line:
switch-A# terminal width 40 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Command |
Description |
terminal length |
|
To enter root from any mode, use the top command.
top
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to enter root from any mode:
switch /system/services # top switch#
To view the route to a network host, use the traceroute command in local management command mode.
traceroute host-name [ source source ]
host-name | The host name or IP address of the destination network host. |
source source | (Optional) Specifies the IP address to be used as the source address in outgoing probe packets. |
None
Local management (local-mgmt)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to trace the route of IP packets to a network host.
You can use the optional source keyword to force the source address of the probe packets to be another IP address of the sending host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This example shows how to trace the route to a network host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# traceroute 64.102.255.44 traceroute to 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 10.19.64.1 (10.19.64.1) 2.243 ms 3.317 ms 4.054 ms 2 10.19.15.1 (10.19.15.1) 4.003 ms 3.823 ms 4.042 ms 3 172.28.177.129 (172.28.177.129) 4.022 ms 3.824 ms 4.051 ms 4 172.16.152.13 (172.16.152.13) 4.023 ms 3.815 ms 4.063 ms 5 192.168.241.162 (192.168.241.162) 4.026 ms 3.839 ms 4.075 ms 6 192.168.241.254 (192.168.241.254) 3.969 ms 3.801 ms 4.043 ms 7 10.112.4.157 (10.112.4.157) 4.007 ms 3.846 ms 4.044 ms 8 10.112.4.162 (10.112.4.162) 77.778 ms 77.646 ms 77.852 ms 9 10.112.4.110 (10.112.4.110) 77.851 ms 77.612 ms 77.848 ms 10 192.0.2.158 (192.0.2.158) 77.908 ms 77.553 ms 77.810 ms 11 64.102.241.134 (64.102.241.134) 77.851 ms 77.583 ms 77.807 ms 12 64.102.244.14 (64.102.244.14) 77.854 ms 77.534 ms 77.838 ms 13 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44) 77.874 ms 77.590 ms 77.800 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
To move up one mode, use the up command.
up
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to move up one mode:
switch-A /org/service-profile # up switch-A /org #
Command |
Description |
top |
|
To update and apply the capability catalog, use the update catalog command.
update catalog url
url | Specifies the URL of a capability catalog update file. |
None
Capability (/system/capability)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
If the remote host requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp:// user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
When a username is specified without a password, you are prompted for a password.
This example shows how to update and apply the capability catalog using SCP:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # update catalog scp://user1@192.0.2.111/catalogs/ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin Password: UCS-A /system/capability #
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
To update the firmware, use the update firmware command.
update firmware version activate [force] set-startup
version | Version number. |
activate | (Optional) Specifies activation of firmware. |
force | (Optional) Specifies force of firmware update. |
set-startup | (Optional) Specifies set the firmware update on startup. |
None
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to update the firmware:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 2 switch-A# /chassis/iom # update firmware 1.0(0.988) switch-A# /chassis/iom* # activate firmware 1.0(0.988) switch-A# /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer switch-A# /chassis/iom #
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show image |
|
To determine where you are in the CLI, use the where command.
where
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Any command mode
Release | Modification |
---|---|
1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
This example shows how to determine where you are in the CLI:
switch-A /org/service-profile # where Mode: /org/service-profile Mode Data: scope org enter org org10 enter service-profile sp10 instance switch-A /org/service-profile #